WO2021088781A1 - Information feedback method, retransmission method and terminal - Google Patents
Information feedback method, retransmission method and terminal Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2021088781A1 WO2021088781A1 PCT/CN2020/126065 CN2020126065W WO2021088781A1 WO 2021088781 A1 WO2021088781 A1 WO 2021088781A1 CN 2020126065 W CN2020126065 W CN 2020126065W WO 2021088781 A1 WO2021088781 A1 WO 2021088781A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- feedback
- state
- terminal
- receiving terminal
- status
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
- H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
- H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
- H04L5/0055—Physical resource allocation for ACK/NACK
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
- H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
- H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
- H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
- H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
- H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
- H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
- H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
- H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
- H04L1/1867—Arrangements specially adapted for the transmitter end
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/02—Selection of wireless resources by user or terminal
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
- H04W4/30—Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes
- H04W4/40—Services specially adapted for particular environments, situations or purposes for vehicles, e.g. vehicle-to-pedestrians [V2P]
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to an information feedback and retransmission method and terminal.
- V2X Vehicle to Everything
- NR New Radio
- LTE New Radio
- Long Term Evolution In addition to the original broadcast communication mode of V2X, it also introduces unicast and multicast communication modes, and introduces feedback channels for these two communication modes.
- V2X communication is a sidelink (direct link)
- no base station participates in the scheduling of the feedback resource mapping process, and the resource mapping method of the NR Uu port cannot be used.
- the feedback information cannot be transmitted accurately and reliably.
- the present disclosure provides an information feedback and retransmission method and a terminal, which solves the problem that the terminal cannot reliably feedback information in a direct link without base station scheduling.
- the embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information feedback method, which is applied to a receiving terminal in a through link sidelink, and includes:
- the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
- the receiving terminal stores a corresponding relationship between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block, and the feedback information includes: the feedback resource location mapped by the feedback channel and the feedback channel sent by the feedback channel. Feedback status indicator.
- the feedback status identifier indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location together indicate the overall feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks .
- the corresponding relationship includes:
- the feedback of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location The state is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a no feedback state;
- the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if There is an ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, and the feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state. If there is no ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, the The feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if a plurality of the transmission blocks are in the Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
- DTX Discontinuous Transmission
- the transmission corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of the block group is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
- each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier.
- the corresponding relationship includes:
- the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is negative Confirming the NACK status, and if there is no NACK status in the feedback status of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback status;
- the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if multiple transmissions There is a NACK state in the feedback state of the block, and the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is none Feedback status
- the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource position It is a NACK state, and if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
- the feedback channel carries 1 bit of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier
- the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier.
- the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier
- the correspondence relationship includes:
- the second method in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position is ACK or NACK state, if there are multiple transmission blocks If the feedback state of is all DTX state, the feedback information is no feedback state;
- each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier
- the corresponding relationship includes: the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if there are multiple If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the transport block, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
- the feedback status of the transmission block group is determined according to the feedback status of the transmission blocks included in the transmission block group;
- the feedback status identifier of the transmission block group indicates that the transmitting terminal needs to perform data retransmission on the transmission block group.
- the sending the feedback status identifier of the transport block through the feedback channel includes:
- the feedback resource location corresponding to the transmission block group is the feedback resource location corresponding to any transmission block in the transmission block group.
- the second method in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3.
- the feedback state identifier is the first preset state identifier
- the feedback status identifier of the transmission block is not sent.
- the embodiment of the present disclosure also provides an information retransmission method, which is applied to a sending terminal in a through link sidelink, including:
- the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
- the obtaining the feedback status identifier includes:
- the feedback status identifier is detected at the feedback resource positions corresponding to all receiving terminals.
- the sending terminal stores a correspondence between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block, and the feedback information includes: the feedback resource location mapped by the feedback channel and the feedback channel sent by the feedback channel. Feedback status identification;
- the determining whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block includes:
- the feedback status identifier indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location together indicate the overall feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks .
- the corresponding relationship includes:
- the feedback of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location The state is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a no feedback state;
- the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if there are multiple There is an ACK state in the feedback state of the transport block, the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback resource
- the feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the position is the NACK state, and if a plurality of the transmission blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
- the feedback state is the feedback state of two transmission block groups
- the feedback state of is an ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- the sending terminal when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the sending terminal separately obtains the feedback state identifiers fed back by each receiving terminal in an independent feedback channel.
- the corresponding relationship includes:
- the feedback status of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is NACK State, if there is no NACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if the number of transmission blocks is 3
- the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is the no feedback state ;
- the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource location is NACK State, if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- the sending terminal obtains the feedback state identifier fed back by each receiving terminal on the same feedback channel.
- the correspondence relationship includes:
- the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK or NACK status.
- the feedback state of the block is DTX state, then the feedback information is no feedback state;
- each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier
- the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, if there is no feedback state of the multiple transport blocks NACK state, the feedback information is no feedback state;
- each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
- determining whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block includes:
- the sending terminal sends the transmission block to the receiving terminal, retransmit the transmission block data to the at least one receiving terminal;
- the feedback status identifier indicates that data retransmission of the transmission block is not required, or the sending terminal does not send the transmission block to the receiving terminal, data retransmission of the transmission block is not performed.
- determining whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block includes:
- the sending terminal sends the transmission block to the receiving terminal Next, retransmit the transport block data to all receiving terminals that receive the transport block.
- the step of determining whether to perform data retransmission for each of the transmission blocks includes one of the following:
- the method further includes:
- the maximum number of transmission blocks transmitted by the transmitting terminal in each cycle is set to 3.
- the embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a terminal, the terminal is a receiving terminal, including: a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored in the memory and running on the processor, and the processor executes the The computer program implements the following steps:
- the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
- the receiving terminal stores a corresponding relationship between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block, and the feedback information includes: the feedback resource location mapped by the feedback channel and the feedback channel sent by the feedback channel. Feedback status indicator.
- the feedback status identifier indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location together indicate the overall feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks .
- the corresponding relationship includes:
- the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if There is an ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, and the feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state. If there is no ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, the The feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if a plurality of the transmission blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
- the transmission corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of the block group is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
- each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier.
- the corresponding relationship includes:
- the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is negative Confirming the NACK status, if there is no NACK status in the feedback status of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback status;
- the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if multiple transmissions There is a NACK state in the feedback state of the block, and the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is none Feedback status
- the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource position It is a NACK state, and if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
- the feedback channel carries 1 bit of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier
- the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier.
- the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier
- the correspondence relationship includes:
- the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK or NACK state, and if the feedback states of multiple transport blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
- each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier
- the corresponding relationship includes: the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if there are multiple If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the transport block, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
- the feedback status of the transmission block group is determined according to the feedback status of the transmission blocks included in the transmission block group;
- the feedback status identifier of the transmission block group indicates that the transmitting terminal needs to perform data retransmission on the transmission block group.
- the processor implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
- the feedback resource location corresponding to the transmission block group is the feedback resource location corresponding to any transmission block in the transmission block group.
- the second method in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3.
- the feedback state identifier is the first preset state identifier
- the feedback status identifier of the transmission block is not sent.
- the embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a terminal, the terminal is a transmitting terminal, including: a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored in the memory and running on the processor, and the processor executes the The computer program implements the following steps:
- the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
- the processor implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
- the feedback state identifier is detected at the feedback resource positions corresponding to all receiving terminals.
- the sending terminal stores a correspondence between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block, and the feedback information includes: the feedback resource location mapped by the feedback channel and the feedback channel sent by the feedback channel. Feedback status identification;
- the feedback status identifier indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location together indicate the overall feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks .
- the corresponding relationship includes:
- the feedback of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location The state is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a no feedback state;
- the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if there are multiple There is an ACK state in the feedback state of the transport block, the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback resource
- the feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the position is the NACK state, and if a plurality of the transmission blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
- the transmission block group corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of is an ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- the sending terminal when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the sending terminal separately obtains the feedback state identifiers fed back by each receiving terminal in an independent feedback channel.
- the corresponding relationship includes:
- the feedback status of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is NACK State, if there is no NACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if the number of transmission blocks is 3
- the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is the no feedback state ;
- the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource location is NACK State, if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- the sending terminal obtains the feedback state identifier fed back by each receiving terminal on the same feedback channel.
- the correspondence relationship includes:
- the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK or NACK status.
- the feedback state of the block is DTX state, then the feedback information is no feedback state;
- each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier
- the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, if there is no feedback state of the multiple transport blocks NACK state, the feedback information is no feedback state;
- each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
- the sending terminal sends the transmission block to the receiving terminal, retransmit the transmission block data to the at least one receiving terminal;
- the feedback status identifier indicates that data retransmission of the transmission block is not required, or the sending terminal does not send the transmission block to the receiving terminal, data retransmission of the transmission block is not performed.
- the sending terminal sends the transmission block to the receiving terminal Next, retransmit the transport block data to all receiving terminals that receive the transport block.
- the processor implements one of the following steps when executing the computer program:
- the processor implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
- the maximum number of transmission blocks transmitted by the transmitting terminal in each cycle is set to 3.
- the embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a terminal, where the terminal is a receiving terminal and includes:
- the first determining module is configured to determine the feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks according to the reception results of the transmission blocks on the multiple time slots when multiple time slots share the same feedback resource pool;
- the first sending module is configured to select the feedback resource position mapped by the feedback channel from the feedback resource positions corresponding to the transmission blocks for which the control information is successfully decoded in the multiple time slots, and send the information of the transmission block through the feedback channel.
- Feedback status identification
- the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
- the embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a terminal, which is a sending terminal and includes:
- the first obtaining module is used to obtain the feedback status identifier
- the second determining module is configured to determine whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block according to the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location where the feedback status identifier is acquired;
- the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
- the embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the above-mentioned information feedback method or the steps of the above-mentioned information retransmission method are realized.
- the feedback resource location selected by the receiving terminal and the information bits carried in the feedback channel are used to complete the feedback status indication.
- the maximum feedback information can be carried without the need to increase the feedback channel, and the control information cannot be decoded at the receiving terminal.
- instructing the sending terminal to perform data retransmission the problem that the terminal cannot reliably feedback information due to no base station participating in the scheduling in the direct link is solved.
- Figure 1 shows a schematic diagram of multiple time slots sharing the same feedback resource pool
- FIG. 2 shows a schematic flowchart of an information feedback method according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
- Figure 3 shows a schematic diagram of a sending terminal sending two transmission blocks on two consecutive time slots
- FIG. 4 shows a schematic diagram of feedback channels corresponding to two transport blocks in unicast mode in some embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of feedback channels corresponding to two transmission blocks in the second mode of multicast in some embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of feedback channels corresponding to two transmission blocks in the first multicast mode of some embodiments of the present disclosure
- Fig. 7 shows a schematic diagram of a sending terminal sending four transmission blocks in four consecutive time slots
- FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram of feedback channels corresponding to four transmission blocks in the first multicast mode of some embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIG. 9 shows a schematic diagram of dividing four transmission blocks into two transmission block groups for feedback in some embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIG. 10 shows a schematic flowchart of an information retransmission method according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIG. 11 shows a schematic diagram of modules of a receiving terminal according to some embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 12 shows a schematic diagram of modules of a sending terminal according to some embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIG. 13 shows a schematic diagram of the implementation structure of the receiving terminal of the present disclosure
- FIG. 14 shows a schematic diagram of the implementation structure of the sending terminal of the present disclosure.
- one embodiment or “an embodiment” mentioned throughout the specification means that a specific feature, structure, or characteristic related to the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present disclosure. Therefore, the appearances of "in one embodiment” or “in an embodiment” in various places throughout the specification do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. In addition, these specific features, structures or characteristics can be combined in one or more embodiments in any suitable manner.
- B corresponding to A means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A.
- determining B based on A does not mean that B is determined only based on A, and B can also be determined based on A and/or other information.
- the form of the access network is not limited, and may include macro base station (Macro Base Station), micro base station (Pico Base Station), Node B (referred to as 3G mobile base station), and enhanced base station (eNB ), home enhanced base station (Femto eNB or Home eNode B or Home eNB or HeNB), relay station, access point, RRU (Remote Radio Unit, remote radio frequency module), RRH (Remote Radio Head, remote radio head), etc. Access network.
- macro base station Micro Base Station
- micro base station Pico Base Station
- Node B referred to as 3G mobile base station
- eNB home enhanced base station
- RRU Remote Radio Unit
- RRH Remote Radio Head, remote radio head
- Access network may include macro base station (Macro Base Station), micro base station (Pico Base Station), Node B (referred to as 3G mobile base station), and enhanced base station (eNB ), home enhanced base station (Femto eNB or Home eNode B or Home eNB or HeNB
- the user terminal can be a mobile phone (or cell phone), or other equipment capable of sending or receiving wireless signals, including user equipment, personal digital assistants (PDA), wireless modems, wireless communication devices, handheld devices, laptop computers, cordless phones , Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, CPE (Customer Premise Equipment, customer terminal) that can convert mobile signals into WiFi signals, or mobile smart hotspots, smart home appliances, or other spontaneous communication with mobile communication networks without human operation Equipment, etc.
- PDA personal digital assistants
- WLL Wireless Local Loop
- CPE Customer Premise Equipment, customer terminal
- PSFCH Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel
- each UE uses an independent PSFCH
- Method 1 All UEs share a PSFCH (NACK-based);
- Method 2 Each UE uses an independent PSFCH (ACK/NACK);
- CDM code division multiplexing
- the receiving terminal can directly perform one-to-one corresponding feedback.
- the information feedback method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure is applied to the receiving terminal in the through link sidelink, and specifically includes the following steps:
- Step 21 In the case that multiple time slots share the same feedback resource pool, determine the feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks according to the reception results of the transmission blocks on the multiple time slots;
- the multiple time slots represent at least two, that is, in the case that at least two time slots share the same feedback resource pool
- the receiving terminal determines the transmission block to be sent according to the reception result of the transmission block Feedback status.
- the feedback status includes: ACK (Acknowledgement, positive confirmation) status, NACK (Negative Acknowledgement) , Negative Acknowledgement) state, and DTX (Discontinuous Transmission) state.
- ACK Acknowledgement, positive confirmation
- NACK Negative Acknowledgement
- DTX Discontinuous Transmission
- the transmitting terminal sends data but the receiving terminal fails to decode the control information, and cannot obtain data information such as related sub-channels, and cannot select the feedback channel. Resource location, or the sending terminal does not want to receive the data sent by the terminal.
- Step 22 Select the feedback resource position mapped by the feedback channel from the feedback resource position corresponding to the transmission block for which the control information is successfully decoded in the multiple time slots, and send the feedback status identifier of the transmission block through the feedback channel.
- the receiving terminal selects the feedback resource mapped by the feedback channel from the feedback resource pool, wherein when selecting the feedback resource, it is selected from the feedback resource positions corresponding to all the transport blocks of the successfully decoded control information, and the feedback resource is selected through the feedback channel.
- the indicator of the feedback state is fed back to the sending terminal. Since each receiving terminal can only send one PSFCH during feedback, one PSFCH needs to be used to indicate the feedback status of all TBs (Transport Block); however, the number of feedback information bits that can be carried by PSFCH is limited, so it can indicate There is also an upper limit on the number of feedback states.
- N TBs should actually correspond to N feedback resource locations, and the receiving terminal will only select one of the feedback resource locations to send PSFCH during the final feedback, so the feedback resource location can be further used To indicate the feedback status.
- the feedback resource location and the feedback status identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
- the feedback resource position selected by the receiving terminal and the information bits carried in the feedback channel are used to complete the feedback status indication.
- the maximum feedback information can be carried without adding the feedback channel, and the control information can be decoded in the receiving terminal.
- the sending terminal is instructed to retransmit data, which solves the problem that the terminal cannot reliably feedback information due to the fact that no base station participates in scheduling in the direct link.
- the feedback status indicator indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status indicator and the feedback resource location together indicate the overall feedback of multiple transmission blocks. status. That is, the feedback status identifier may indicate the feedback status of a part of the transport block. For example, the sending terminal sends 4 transport block data, and the feedback resource location sending the feedback status identifier indicates that the feedback status of the first transport block is ACK, and the feedback status is ACK. The status identifier indicates that the feedback status of the remaining three transmission blocks are ACK, NACK, and DTX respectively; or, the feedback resource location and the feedback status identifier together indicate that the status of the four transmission blocks are ACK, ACK, NACK, and DTX.
- each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback information.
- N 2 as an example
- the same terminal sends two transport blocks TB1 (Transport Block) and TB2 on two consecutive slots, as shown in Figure 3, because the two TBs are on different slots, and
- the position of the sub-channels in the frequency domain may also be different, so whether it is unicast or multicast mode two (receiving terminals use independent feedback channels), independent feedback resources can be determined for all receiving terminals.
- the feedback channels corresponding to two TBs in unicast mode are shown in Figure 4; in the second mode of multicast, there are three receiving terminals (User Equipment, UE). As an example, the feedback channels corresponding to two TBs are shown in Figure 5.
- UE User Equipment
- each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information sent by the receiving terminal that needs to perform data retransmission.
- N 2 and three receiving terminals as an example, for multicast mode 1, NACK-based feedback is shown in Fig. 6, and all receiving terminals share the same feedback channel.
- the receiving terminal stores a corresponding relationship between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block, and the feedback information includes: the feedback resource location mapped by the feedback channel and the feedback channel sent by the feedback channel. Feedback status indicator. It should be noted that the same correspondence relationship as that in the receiving terminal is also stored in the sending terminal. After determining the feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks, the receiving terminal determines the feedback status identifier to be fed back to the sending terminal and the location where the feedback status identifier is sent according to the stored correspondence relationship.
- the sending terminal After acquiring the feedback status identifier, the sending terminal determines the feedback status of each transmission block based on the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location where the feedback status identifier is acquired, and compares the corresponding relationship to determine the feedback status of each transmission block, thereby determining whether it is necessary Data retransmission is performed on each of the transmission blocks.
- the corresponding relationship between the feedback information and the feedback status of each transmission block can be expressed in the form of a table, and the corresponding relationship table stored in the receiving terminal and stored in the sending terminal is completely consistent, which can ensure that the receiving terminal Feed back information or send data accurately at the corresponding feedback resource location with the sending terminal. It should be noted that in the correspondence table, since the feedback resource location and the feedback status identifier carried by the feedback channel are combined to indicate the feedback status, it should be ensured that the feedback resource location should avoid the unusable corresponding to the transmission block in the DTX state. Location of feedback resources.
- the correspondence relationship includes:
- the feedback resource location corresponds to the The feedback state of the transmission block is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state.
- the feedback resource positions corresponding to the two transmission blocks are PSFCH1 and PSFCH2 respectively, and unicast is used between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal.
- the receiving terminal sends feedback information on PSFCH1/PSFCH2 resources.
- the feedback channel itself can carry 1-bit information.
- the above-mentioned correspondence 1) can be expressed in the form of a table, so the feedback status includes but is not limited to the following table 1:
- Feedback status (TB1, TB2) Corresponding feedback information ACK, ACK PSFCH1->1 ACK, NACK/DTX PSFCH1->0 NACK/DTX, ACK PSFCH2->1 NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX No feedback
- the first information PSFCH1/PSFCH2 in the feedback information in Table 1 represents the position of the feedback resource selected by the receiving terminal, and the second information "1" or “0" represents the bit information carried by the feedback channel itself, that is, the feedback status identifier, which is determined by the table 1 It can be seen that when the receiving terminal determines that the feedback status of the two transport blocks is ACK and ACK, it needs to send the feedback status identifier "1" at the feedback resource location PSFCH1; the receiving terminal is determining the status of the two transport blocks.
- the feedback status identifier "0" needs to be sent at the feedback resource location PSFCH1; when the receiving terminal determines that the feedback status of the two transport blocks is NACK/DTX and NACK/DTX, no feedback information. It is ensured that the feedback status of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location in the corresponding relationship is a positive acknowledgement ACK status.
- the receiving terminal can only send feedback on the feedback resource corresponding to the TB that successfully decodes the control information.
- the receiving terminal (which may be in DTX status) cannot guarantee feedback The location corresponding to the resource, therefore, feedback can only be performed on the feedback resource corresponding to the TB whose feedback status is ACK.
- the first information may indicate that one of the TBs is in the ACK state
- the second information may indicate that the reception state of the other TB is "0/1".
- the second information can also be used to distinguish the overall detection status, rather than simply indicating the feedback status of one of the TBs.
- the sending terminal needs to detect the location of each feedback resource, and finally, according to the feedback resource location where the feedback status identifier is detected, and the feedback status identifier carried by the feedback channel, the feedback status of each TB is determined by comparing the corresponding relationship in the above table, NACK
- the /DTX state indicates that the TB needs to be retransmitted; if the sending terminal detects that no feedback information is detected at all feedback resource locations, all TBs need to be retransmitted at this time; if the DTX is caused by the sending terminal not sending data, then the sending terminal There will be no reaction to this state.
- the receiving terminal sends the feedback status identifier on the PSFCH1/PSFCH2/PSFCH3/PSFCH4 resource.
- the feedback channel itself can carry 2 bits of information.
- the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the above corresponding relationship 1) can be expressed in the form of a table, so the feedback status includes but is not limited to the following table 2:
- Feedback status (TB1, TB2, TB3, TB4) Corresponding feedback information ACK, ACK, ACK, ACK PSFCH4->11 ACK, ACK, ACK, NACK/DTX PSFCH3->11 ACK, ACK, NACK/DTX, ACK PSFCH4->10 ACK, ACK, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX PSFCH1->11 ACK, NACK/DTX, ACK, ACK PSFCH3->10 ACK, NACK/DTX, ACK, NACK/DTX PSFCH1->10 ACK, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, ACK PSFCH1->01 ACK, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX PSFCH1->00 NACK/DTX, ACK, ACK, ACK PSFCH2->11 NACK/DTX, ACK, ACK, NACK/DTX PSFCH2->10 NACK/DTX, ACK, NACK/DTX, ACK PSFCH
- the first half of the feedback information in Table 2 represents the location of the feedback resource selected by the receiving terminal, and the second half of the 2-bit information represents the bit information carried by the feedback channel itself, that is, the feedback status identifier. It can be seen from Table 2 that when the receiving terminal determines that the feedback status of the four transport blocks is ACK, ACK, ACK, ACK, it needs to send the feedback identifier "11" at the feedback resource location PSFCH4; When the feedback status of the two transport blocks is ACK, ACK, ACK, NACK/DTX, it is necessary to send the feedback status identifier "11" and so on at the feedback resource location PSFCH3, where the 2-bit feedback status identifier information and the feedback resource location It collectively indicates the feedback status of the four transport blocks.
- the correspondence relationship contained in Table 2 ensures that the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is a positive acknowledgement ACK state. Only in this way can it be ensured that the receiving terminal always correctly selects the resource location for sending feedback. If the receiving state of the TB corresponding to the feedback resource location is NACK/DTX, if the receiving terminal encounters that the receiving state of the TB is DTX during the actual feedback of the receiving terminal, the receiving terminal cannot send feedback at the feedback resource location corresponding to the TB, resulting in There was an error in the feedback.
- the sending terminal needs to detect the location of each feedback resource, and finally, according to the feedback resource location where the feedback status identifier is detected, and the feedback status identifier carried by the feedback channel, the receiving status of each TB is determined by comparing the corresponding relationship in Table 2 above.
- the NACK/DTX state indicates that the TB needs to be retransmitted; if the sending terminal detects that no feedback information is detected at all the feedback resource locations, all TBs need to be retransmitted at this time.
- the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK state. If there is no ACK state among the multiple feedback states of the transport block, and only NACK and DTX exist, then the NACK state can be used for transmission at this time.
- Feedback status (TB1, TB2) Corresponding feedback information ACK, ACK PSFCH1->0 ACK, NACK/DTX PSFCH1->1 NACK/DTX, ACK PSFCH2->1 NACK/DTX, NACK PSFCH2->0 NACK/DTX, DTX No feedback
- Feedback status (TB1, TB2, TB3, TB4) Corresponding feedback information ACK, ACK, ACK, ACK PSFCH4->00 ACK, ACK, ACK, NACK/DTX PSFCH3->00 ACK, ACK, NACK/DTX, ACK PSFCH4->01 ACK, ACK, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX PSFCH1->00 ACK, NACK/DTX, ACK, ACK PSFCH3->01 ACK, NACK/DTX, ACK, NACK/DTX PSFCH1->01 ACK, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, ACK PSFCH1->10 ACK, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX PSFCH1->11 NACK/DTX, ACK, ACK, ACK PSFCH2->00 NACK/DTX, ACK, ACK, NACK/DTX PSFCH2->01 NACK/DTX, ACK, NACK/DTX, ACK PSFCH
- the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK state
- the feedback resource position corresponding to the transmission block in the NACK state can be used to send the feedback state identifier at this time.
- Mode 2 in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3 If there is an ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, the feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, The feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if a plurality of the transmission blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
- the feedback status identifier is the first preset status identifier; if none of the three transmission blocks successfully decode the control information, the feedback of the transmission block is not sent Status identification.
- the maximum number of TBs sent by each sending terminal in each cycle can be limited to 3.
- 3 TBs correspond to three corresponding feedback resource positions; the receiving terminal is in PSFCH1/PSFCH2/PSFCH3
- the feedback information is sent on the resource.
- the feedback channel itself can carry 2 bits of information, and the above-mentioned corresponding relationship 2) can be expressed in the form of a table, so the feedback status includes but is not limited to the following Table 5:
- the parts numbered 1-7 in Table 5 satisfy the above-mentioned corresponding relationship 2) if there is an ACK state in the feedback states of multiple transport blocks, the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is ACK status.
- the parts numbered 8-14 in Table 5 since all TBs are required to be retransmitted, the only difference is that feedback can only be done at the position corresponding to the TB (successful decoding control information) whose feedback status is ACK and NACK, so It is only necessary to select different feedback resource locations, but the feedback channels all carry the same first preset state identifier.
- the first preset state identifier is "11" as an example.
- the sending terminal needs to detect the location of each feedback resource, and finally determine the receiving status of each TB by comparing the corresponding relationship in Table 5 above according to the feedback resource location where the feedback status identifier is detected and the feedback status identifier carried by the feedback channel.
- NACK/DTX status indicates that the TB needs to be retransmitted; if the sending terminal detects that no feedback information is detected at all the feedback resource locations, it needs to retransmit all TBs at this time; or no matter which feedback resource location, as long as the status feedback is detected
- the information state carried by the channel is the first preset state identifier "11", and it is also necessary to retransmit all TBs.
- the feedback resource location corresponds to all
- the feedback state of the transport block group is an ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback states of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state.
- the four transmission blocks can be paired in pairs and divided into two large transmission block groups TBa and TBb, and the receiving terminal performs feedback based on the two large transmission block groups, as shown in FIG. 9.
- the receiving terminal sends feedback information on the PSFCH1/PSFCH2/PSFCH3/PSFCH4 resources, and the feedback channel itself can carry 1 bit of information.
- the above Correspondence 3 is expressed in the form of a table, so the feedback status includes but is not limited to the following table 6:
- the first half of the feedback information in Table 6 represents the location of the feedback resource selected by the receiving terminal, and the second half of 1-bit information represents the bit information carried by the feedback channel itself, that is, the feedback status identifier.
- the receiving terminal can only send feedback on the feedback resource corresponding to the TB that successfully decodes the control information.
- the receiving terminal (which may be in DTX status) cannot guarantee feedback
- the location corresponding to the resource therefore, feedback can only be performed on the feedback resource corresponding to the TB whose feedback status is ACK.
- the correspondence in Table 6 above satisfies that the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information There is no feedback state.
- the feedback status of the transmission block group is determined according to the feedback status of the transmission blocks included in the transmission block group; wherein at least one transmission block in the transmission block group requires the sending terminal to perform data retransmission
- the feedback status identifier of the transmission block group indicates that the sending terminal needs to retransmit the data of the transmission block group. That is, for each transmission block group TBa or TBb, as long as any one of the sub-blocks is in NACK or DTX status, the entire transmission block group needs to be retransmitted as a whole.
- the feedback resources corresponding to TB1 and TB2 can both be used to indicate TBa, and the feedback resources corresponding to TB3 and TB4 can also be used to indicate TBb.
- the specific choice of which feedback resource is not to be protected can be randomly selected.
- the sending terminal needs to detect the location of each feedback resource, and finally determine the receiving status of each TB by comparing the corresponding relationship in the above table 4 according to the feedback resource location where the feedback status identifier is detected and the feedback status identifier carried by the feedback channel.
- NACK/DTX status indicates that the TB needs to be retransmitted; if the sending terminal detects that no feedback information is detected at all feedback resource locations, it needs to retransmit all TBs at this time.
- each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier.
- the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information to indicate the feedback status identifier; a unicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal Or in the case of the second method in the multicast mode, the correspondence relationship includes: the feedback status of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK or NACK status, and if the feedback status of the multiple transport blocks is all DTX state, the feedback information is in a non-feedback state; wherein, when the method 2 in unicast mode or multicast mode is used between the receiving terminal and the transmitting terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the information.
- the feedback status identification when the method 2 in unicast mode or multicast mode is used between the receiving terminal and the transmitting terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the information.
- the second method in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of time slots is two, that is, the number of transmission blocks is two, and the feedback channel carries 2 bits.
- the feedback resource positions corresponding to the two transport blocks are PSFCH1 and PSFCH2 respectively, and the above corresponding relationship can be expressed in the form of a table.
- the feedback status includes but is not limited to the following Table 7:
- Feedback status (TB1, TB2) Corresponding feedback information ACK, ACK PSFCH1->00 ACK, NACK PSFCH1->01 NACK, ACK PSFCH2->00 NACK, NACK PSFCH2->01 ACK, DTX PSFCH1->10 DTX, ACK PSFCH2->10 NACK, DTX PSFCH1->11 DTX, NACK PSFCH2->11 DTX, DTX No feedback
- the first information PSFCH1/PSFCH2 in the feedback information in Table 7 represents the location of the feedback resource selected by the receiving terminal, and the second information "00", "10" and so on represents the bit information carried by the feedback channel itself, that is, the feedback status identifier.
- the receiving terminal can arbitrarily select the feedback resource location corresponding to the transport block in the ACK or NACK state to send the feedback information.
- the receiving terminal can only send feedback information on the feedback resource corresponding to the TB that successfully decodes the control information.
- the second information is to distinguish the overall feedback status, not just the feedback status of one of the TBs; the sending terminal needs The location of each feedback resource is detected, and finally according to the feedback resource location where the feedback status identifier is detected, and the feedback status identifier carried by the feedback channel, the reception status of each TB is determined by comparing the corresponding relationship in Table 7 above, NACK/ The DTX state indicates that the TB needs to be retransmitted; if the sending terminal detects that no feedback information is detected at all the feedback resource locations, all TBs need to be retransmitted at this time; if the DTX is caused by the sending terminal not sending data, then the sending terminal does not Will react to this state.
- the above specific embodiments illustrate the conditions that the corresponding relationship should meet for the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal.
- the following describes the relationship between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal.
- the corresponding relationship should meet the conditions.
- the correspondence relationship includes:
- the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position To negatively acknowledge the NACK state, if the NACK state does not exist in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state.
- the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal.
- the number of time slots is two, that is, the number of transmission blocks is two.
- the feedback resource positions corresponding to the two transmission blocks are respectively PSFCH1 and PSFCH2.
- the receiving terminal will only send feedback information on the PSFCH1/PSFCH2 resources when it detects that the feedback status is NACK.
- the feedback channel itself can carry 1 bit of information.
- the above-mentioned corresponding relationship 4) can be It is expressed in the form of a table, so the feedback status includes but not limited to the following table 8:
- the first information PSFCH1/PSFCH2 in the feedback information in Table 8 represents the location of the feedback resource selected by the receiving terminal, and the second information represents the bit information carried by the feedback channel itself, that is, the feedback status identifier.
- the receiving terminal can only send feedback information on the feedback resource corresponding to the TB that successfully decodes the control information.
- the receiving terminal (which may be in the DTX state) cannot guarantee the acquisition.
- the location corresponding to the feedback resource therefore, feedback can only be performed on the feedback resource corresponding to the TB whose feedback status is NACK.
- the foregoing Table 8 ensures that the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location in the corresponding relationship 4) is the NACK state.
- the sending terminal needs to detect the location of each feedback resource, and finally summarize all the feedback resource locations where the feedback status identifier is detected, and the feedback status identifier carried by the corresponding feedback channel, and determine the reception of each TB by comparing the corresponding relationship in Table 8.
- Status, NACK status indicates that the TB needs to be retransmitted. As long as there is a NACK status in the detection status, the corresponding TB needs to retransmit the TB to all receiving terminals; if the sending terminal detects that all feedback resource locations have not detected the feedback status identifier, No retransmission is required at this time.
- Method 1 of multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal. Taking 4 time slots as an example, that is, 4 transmission blocks, the receiving terminal only detects that the feedback status is NACK
- the feedback status identifier is sent on the PSFCH1/PSFCH2/PSFCH3/PSFCH4 resources.
- the feedback channel itself can carry 2 bits of information.
- the multicast mode is used between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the above-mentioned corresponding relationship 4) can be It is expressed in the form of a table, so the feedback status includes but not limited to the following table 9:
- the first half of the feedback information in Table 9 represents the location of the feedback resource selected by the receiving terminal, and the second half of the 2-bit information represents the bit information carried by the feedback channel itself, that is, the feedback status identifier.
- Table 9 contains that the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource position described in the foregoing correspondence 4) is the NACK state. Only in this way can it be ensured that the receiving terminal always correctly selects the resource location for sending feedback. If the receiving state of the TB corresponding to the feedback resource location is ACK/DTX, if the receiving terminal encounters that the receiving state of the TB is DTX in the actual feedback process of the receiving terminal, the receiving terminal cannot send feedback at the feedback resource location corresponding to the TB, which leads to There was an error in the feedback.
- the sending terminal needs to detect the location of each feedback resource, and finally summarize all the feedback resource locations where the feedback information is detected, and the feedback status identifier carried by the corresponding feedback channel, and determine the receiving status of each TB by comparing the corresponding relationship in Table 9 ,
- the NACK state means that the TB needs to be retransmitted. As long as there is a NACK state in the detection state, the corresponding TB needs to retransmit the TB to all receiving terminals; if the sending terminal detects that no feedback information is detected at all the feedback resource locations, it is not Need to retransmit.
- Method 1 of the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if multiple all There is a NACK state in the feedback state of the transport block, the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information There is no feedback state.
- the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal.
- 3 TB corresponds to three corresponding feedback resource positions; the receiving terminal will only send feedback information on PSFCH1/PSFCH2/PSFCH3 resources when the detection status is NACK.
- the feedback channel itself can carry 2 bits of information.
- the above corresponding relationship 5 can be shown in the table , So the feedback status includes but is not limited to the following table 10:
- the parts numbered 1-7 in Table 10 satisfy the above corresponding relationship 5). If there is a NACK state in the feedback states of multiple transport blocks, the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is NACK status.
- the sending terminal needs to detect the location of each feedback resource, and finally summarize all the feedback resource locations where the feedback status identifier is detected, and the feedback status identifier carried by the corresponding feedback channel, and determine the corresponding relationship of each TB by comparing the corresponding relationship in Table 10 above.
- the NACK state indicates that the TB needs to be retransmitted.
- the corresponding TB needs to retransmit the TB to all receiving terminals; if the sending terminal detects that no feedback information is detected at all the feedback resource locations, No retransmission is required at this time.
- the feedback state is the feedback state of two transport block groups
- the position of the feedback resource corresponding to the transport block group The feedback state is the NACK state. If the NACK state does not exist in the feedback states of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is the no feedback state.
- the four transmission blocks can be paired in pairs and divided into two large transmission block groups TBa and TBb, and the receiving terminal performs feedback based on the two large transmission block groups, as shown in FIG. 9.
- Method 1 of multicast mode is used between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal.
- the receiving terminal will only send feedback information on the PSFCH1/PSFCH2/PSFCH3/PSFCH4 resource when it detects the NACK state.
- the feedback channel itself can carry 1 Bit information can be expressed in the form of the above corresponding relationship 6), so the feedback status includes but is not limited to the following Table 11:
- the first half of the feedback information in Table 11 represents the location of the feedback resource selected by the receiving terminal, and the second half of 1-bit information represents the bit information carried by the feedback channel itself, that is, the feedback status identifier.
- the receiving terminal can only send feedback on the feedback resource corresponding to the TB that successfully decodes the control information.
- the receiving UE (which may be in DTX state) cannot guarantee feedback The location corresponding to the resource, therefore, feedback can only be performed on the feedback resource corresponding to the TB whose reception status is NACK.
- the corresponding relationship in the above table 11 satisfies the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource position described in the corresponding relationship 6) is the NACK state, if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups , The feedback information is in a non-feedback state.
- the sending terminal needs to detect the location of each feedback resource, and finally summarize all the feedback resource locations where the feedback information is detected, and the feedback status identifier carried by the corresponding feedback channel, and determine the reception of each TB by comparing the corresponding relationship in Table 11 above Status, NACK status indicates that the TB needs to be retransmitted. As long as the NACK status is detected in the status, the corresponding TB needs to retransmit the TB to all receiving terminals; if the sending terminal detects that no feedback information is detected at all the feedback resource locations, this There is no need to retransmit.
- each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feedbacks that there is a NACK state in the feedback state information.
- the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information to indicate the feedback status identifier; a multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal
- the correspondence relationship includes: the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if the NACK state does not exist in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the The feedback information is in a non-feedback state; wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only the feedback state exists NACK status feedback information.
- the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal.
- the number of time slots is two, that is, the number of transmission blocks is two, and the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information as an example.
- the terminal sends feedback information on the PSFCH1/PSFCH2 resources the above corresponding relationship can be expressed in the form of a table, and the feedback status includes but is not limited to the following Table 12:
- Feedback status (TB1, TB2) Corresponding feedback information ACK, NACK PSFCH2->00 NACK, ACK PSFCH1->00 NACK, NACK PSFCH1->01 NACK, DTX PSFCH1->10 DTX, NACK PSFCH2->10 ACK/DTX, ACK/DTX No feedback
- the first information PSFCH1/PSFCH2 in the feedback information in Table 12 represents the location of the feedback resource selected by the receiving terminal, and the second information "00", "01", etc. represents the bit information carried by the feedback channel itself, that is, the feedback status identifier.
- the receiving terminal can arbitrarily select the feedback resource location corresponding to the transport block in the NACK state to send the feedback information.
- the receiving terminal can only send feedback information on the feedback resource corresponding to the TB that successfully decodes the control information.
- the second information is to distinguish the overall feedback state, and does not merely indicate the feedback state of one of the TBs.
- the sending terminal needs to detect the location of each feedback resource, and finally summarize all the feedback resource locations where the feedback information is detected, and the feedback status identifier carried by the corresponding feedback channel, and determine the reception of each TB by comparing the corresponding relationship in Table 12 above. Status, NACK status indicates that the TB needs to be retransmitted.
- the corresponding TB needs to retransmit the TB to all receiving terminals; if the sending terminal detects that no feedback information is detected at all the feedback resource locations, this There is no need to retransmit.
- the sending the feedback status identifier of the transmission block through the feedback channel includes:
- the feedback resource location selected by the receiving terminal and the information bits carried in the feedback channel are used to complete the feedback status indication.
- the maximum feedback information can be carried without the need to increase the feedback channel, and the control information cannot be decoded at the receiving terminal.
- instructing the sending terminal to perform data retransmission the problem that the terminal cannot reliably feedback information due to no base station participating in the scheduling in the direct link is solved.
- an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information retransmission method, which is applied to a sending terminal in a through link sidelink, including:
- Step 101 Obtain a feedback status identifier.
- the sending terminal after the sending terminal sends control information to the receiving terminal, it obtains the identifier of the feedback status sent by the receiving terminal.
- the feedback status includes: ACK status, NACK status, and DTX status.
- the sending terminal sends
- the receiving terminal fails to decode the control information, cannot obtain data information such as related sub-channels, and cannot select the feedback channel resource location.
- Step 102 Determine whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block according to the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location for which the feedback status identifier is obtained; wherein, the feedback resource location and the feedback status identifier Commonly indicate whether the sending terminal needs to retransmit data for each of the transmission blocks.
- the feedback status identifier sent by the receiving terminal and the feedback resource location of the feedback status identifier acquired by the sending terminal above together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
- the sending terminal After the sending terminal obtains the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location, it determines whether each transport block data needs to be retransmitted, and after determining the transport block data that needs to be retransmitted, the sending terminal provides an answer to the one or more receiving terminals that receive the transport block. Retransmit the data.
- the feedback resource position selected by the receiving terminal and the information bits carried in the feedback channel are used to complete the feedback status indication.
- the maximum feedback information can be carried without adding the feedback channel, and the control information can be decoded in the receiving terminal.
- the sending terminal is instructed to retransmit data, which solves the problem that the terminal cannot reliably feedback information due to the fact that no base station participates in scheduling in the direct link.
- the feedback state identifier is detected at the feedback resource positions corresponding to all receiving terminals. That is, the sending terminal needs to detect the feedback resource locations that may be used by each receiving terminal one by one, and finally judge whether it needs to retransmit for the receiving terminal according to the detected feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location.
- the feedback status indicator indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status indicator and the feedback resource location together indicate the overall feedback of multiple transmission blocks. status. That is, the feedback status identifier may indicate the feedback status of a part of the transport block. For example, the sending terminal sends 4 transport block data, and the feedback resource location sending the feedback status identifier indicates that the feedback status of the first transport block is ACK, and the feedback status is ACK. The status identifier indicates that the feedback status of the remaining three transmission blocks are ACK, NACK, and DTX respectively; or, the feedback resource location and the feedback status identifier together indicate that the status of the four transmission blocks are ACK, ACK, NACK, and DTX.
- multiple receiving terminals For receiving terminals with different communication modes, multiple receiving terminals have different ways of selecting feedback channels when transmitting feedback information.
- each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback information.
- the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information sent by the receiving terminal that needs to perform data retransmission.
- the sending terminal stores a correspondence between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block, and the feedback information includes: the feedback resource location mapped by the feedback channel and the feedback channel sent by the feedback channel. Feedback status indicator. It should be noted that the corresponding relationship stored in the sending terminal is the same as the corresponding relationship stored in the receiving terminal.
- the determining whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block includes: determining whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block according to the feedback status corresponding to the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location in the corresponding relationship.
- the transmission block performs data retransmission.
- the corresponding relationship between the feedback information and the feedback status of each transmission block can be expressed in the form of a table, and the corresponding relationship table stored in the sending terminal and the receiving terminal is completely consistent, which can ensure that the receiving terminal Feed back information or send data accurately at the corresponding feedback resource location with the sending terminal. It should be noted that in the correspondence table, since the feedback resource location and the feedback status identifier carried by the feedback channel are combined to indicate the feedback status, it should be ensured that the feedback resource location should avoid the unusable corresponding to the transmission block in the DTX state. Location of feedback resources.
- the correspondence relationship includes:
- the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if There is an ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, and the feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state. If there is no ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, the The feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If multiple transmission blocks are in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state; in this correspondence, the sending terminal is in the multiple In the case of 4 time slots, set the maximum number of transmission blocks transmitted by the transmitting terminal in each cycle to 3;
- the transmission corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of the block group is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
- the sending terminal when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the sending terminal separately obtains the feedback state identifiers fed back by each receiving terminal in an independent feedback channel.
- the above-mentioned respective correspondences can be expressed in the form of a table.
- the form of the table in this embodiment and the method for the power generating terminal to obtain the feedback status identifier are the same as in the above-mentioned embodiment of the information feedback method, and will not be repeated here.
- the correspondence relationship includes:
- the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is negative Confirming the NACK status, and if there is no NACK status in the feedback status of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback status;
- the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if multiple transmissions There is a NACK state in the feedback state of the block, and the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is none Feedback status.
- the sending terminal sets the maximum number of transmission blocks transmitted by the sending terminal in each cycle to 3 when the multiple time slots are 4;
- the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource position It is a NACK state, and if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- the sending terminal obtains the feedback state identifier fed back by each receiving terminal on the same feedback channel.
- the above-mentioned respective correspondences can be expressed in the form of a table.
- the form of the table in this embodiment and the method for the power generating terminal to obtain the feedback status identifier are the same as in the above-mentioned embodiment of the information feedback method, and will not be repeated here.
- the correspondence relationship includes:
- the feedback status of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK or NACK status. If the feedback state of the transmission block is all DTX state, the feedback information is no feedback state;
- each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier.
- the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, if the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks is If there is no NACK state, the feedback information is a no feedback state;
- each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
- the corresponding relationship may be expressed in the form of a table.
- the form of the table in this embodiment and the method for the power generating terminal to obtain the feedback status identifier are the same as in the above-mentioned embodiment of the information feedback method, and will not be repeated here.
- determining whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block includes:
- the feedback status identifier sent by at least one receiving terminal indicates that the transmission block needs to be retransmitted, detecting whether to send the transmission block to the receiving terminal; sending the transmission to the receiving terminal at the sending terminal In the case of a block, the transmission block data is retransmitted to the at least one receiving terminal; when the feedback status indicator indicates that the transmission block does not need to be retransmitted, or the sending terminal does not send data to the receiving terminal When the terminal sends the transmission block, data retransmission is not performed on the transmission block.
- the The status of the transport block may be NACK/DTX, so it is necessary to determine whether the sending terminal has sent data. If data is sent, the sending terminal retransmits the transport block data to the receiving terminal that sent the feedback status.
- the sending terminal For the receiving terminal of unicast or multicast mode 2, if the sending terminal detects the feedback information of "01" at the feedback resource location corresponding to TB2, the "0" indicates that TB1 data needs to be retransmitted, and "1" indicates that it is not needed TB2 data is retransmitted, and the sending terminal sends TB1 data, so TB1 needs to be retransmitted.
- determining whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block includes:
- the sending terminal sends the transmission block to the receiving terminal Next, retransmit the transport block data to all receiving terminals that receive the transport block.
- the sending terminal in the feedback information obtained by the sending terminal, as long as the feedback status corresponding to a certain transmission block is detected to indicate that data retransmission is required, the sending terminal will retransmit all receiving terminals. Transfer the transmission block data.
- each receiving terminal feedback information through two feedback channels as an example, UE1, UE2, and UE3 feedback the status of TB1 and TB2, and the feedback channels for sending feedback information are PSFCH1 and PSFCH2, PSFCH1 carries the feedback status of TB1, and PSFCH2 carries the feedback status of TB2.
- the receiving terminal will only send feedback information after detecting NACK. Assuming that the feedback status indicator that UE1 needs to retransmit data is detected on PSFCH1, the sending terminal needs to retransmit TB1 data to the three receiving terminals.
- the step of determining whether to perform data retransmission for each of the transmission blocks includes one of the following:
- the sending terminal needs to detect the location of each feedback resource, and finally summarize all the feedback resource locations where the feedback status identifier is detected, and the corresponding feedback channel carry If the sending terminal detects that none of the feedback resource locations has detected the feedback status identifier, there is no need to retransmit at this time.
- the first preset state identifier When the first preset state identifier is obtained, data retransmission is performed on all transmission blocks.
- the second method in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3
- the receiving terminal sends a first preset state identifier; all transmission blocks indicated by the first preset state identifier need to be retransmitted.
- each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and the sending terminal is in an independent The feedback channel separately obtains the feedback information fed back by each receiving terminal; when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, then the sending The terminal obtains the feedback information fed back by each receiving terminal in the same feedback channel.
- the methods applicable to the sending terminal in the foregoing information feedback method embodiments are all applicable to the information retransmission method embodiments, and details are not described herein.
- the feedback resource location selected by the receiving terminal and the information bits carried in the feedback channel are used to complete the feedback status indication.
- the maximum feedback information can be carried without the need to increase the feedback channel, and the control information cannot be decoded at the receiving terminal.
- instructing the sending terminal to perform data retransmission the problem that the terminal cannot reliably feedback information due to no base station participating in the scheduling in the direct link is solved.
- the terminal is a receiving terminal 110 and includes:
- the first determining module 111 is configured to determine the feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks according to the reception results of the transmission blocks on the multiple time slots when multiple time slots share the same feedback resource pool;
- the first sending module 112 is configured to select the feedback resource position mapped by the feedback channel from the feedback resource positions corresponding to the transmission blocks for which the control information is successfully decoded in the multiple time slots, and send the transmission block through the feedback channel
- the feedback status identification
- the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
- the receiving terminal stores a corresponding relationship between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block, and the feedback information includes: the feedback resource location mapped by the feedback channel and the feedback channel sent by the feedback channel. Feedback status indicator.
- the feedback status identifier indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location together indicate the overall feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks .
- the corresponding relationship includes:
- the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if There is an ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, and the feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state. If there is no ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, the The feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if a plurality of the transmission blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
- the transmission corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of the block group is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
- each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier.
- the corresponding relationship includes:
- the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is negative Confirming the NACK status, if there is no NACK status in the feedback status of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback status;
- the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if multiple transmissions There is a NACK state in the feedback state of the block, and the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is none Feedback status
- the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource position It is a NACK state, and if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
- the feedback channel carries 1 bit of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier
- the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier.
- the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier
- the correspondence relationship includes:
- the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK or NACK state, and if the feedback states of multiple transport blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
- each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier.
- the corresponding relationship includes: the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if there are multiple If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the transport block, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
- the feedback status of the transmission block group is determined according to the feedback status of the transmission blocks included in the transmission block group;
- the feedback status identifier of the transmission block group indicates that the transmitting terminal needs to perform data retransmission on the transmission block group.
- the first sending module is specifically configured to:
- the feedback resource location corresponding to the transmission block group is the feedback resource location corresponding to any transmission block in the transmission block group.
- the second method in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3.
- the feedback state identifier is the first preset state identifier
- the feedback status identifier of the transmission block is not sent.
- the terminal is a terminal corresponding to the foregoing information feedback method, and all implementation manners in the foregoing method embodiment are applicable to the embodiment of the terminal, and the same technical effect can also be achieved.
- the feedback resource position selected by the receiving terminal and the information bits carried in the feedback channel are used to complete the feedback status indication.
- the maximum feedback information can be carried without adding the feedback channel, and the control information can be decoded in the receiving terminal.
- the sending terminal is instructed to retransmit data, which solves the problem that the terminal cannot reliably feedback information due to the fact that no base station participates in scheduling in the direct link.
- an embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a terminal, where the terminal is a sending terminal 120 and includes:
- the first obtaining module 121 is configured to obtain a feedback status identifier
- the second determining module 122 is configured to determine whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block according to the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location where the feedback status identifier is acquired;
- the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
- the first acquiring module 121 is specifically configured to: when there are multiple receiving terminals, detect the feedback state identifier at the feedback resource locations corresponding to all receiving terminals.
- the sending terminal stores a correspondence between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block, and the feedback information includes: the feedback resource location mapped by the feedback channel and the feedback channel sent by the feedback channel. Feedback status identification;
- the second determining module 122 is specifically configured to determine whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block according to the feedback state corresponding to the feedback state identifier and the feedback resource location in the corresponding relationship.
- the feedback status identifier indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location together indicate the overall feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks .
- the corresponding relationship includes:
- the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if There is an ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, and the feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state. If there is no ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, the The feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if a plurality of the transmission blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
- the transmission corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of the block group is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
- the sending terminal when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the sending terminal separately obtains the feedback state identifiers fed back by each receiving terminal in an independent feedback channel.
- the corresponding relationship includes:
- the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is negative Confirming the NACK status, and if there is no NACK status in the feedback status of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback status;
- the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if multiple transmissions There is a NACK state in the feedback state of the block, and the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is none Feedback status
- the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource position It is a NACK state, and if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- the sending terminal obtains the feedback state identifier fed back by each receiving terminal on the same feedback channel.
- the correspondence relationship includes:
- the feedback status of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK or NACK status. If the feedback state of the transmission block is all DTX state, the feedback information is no feedback state;
- each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier.
- the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, if the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks is If there is no NACK state, the feedback information is a no feedback state;
- each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
- the second determining module 122 includes:
- a detecting unit configured to detect whether to send the transmission block to the receiving terminal when the feedback status identifier sent by at least one receiving terminal indicates that the transmission block needs to be retransmitted;
- the first data transmission unit is configured to retransmit the transmission block data to the at least one receiving terminal when the transmitting terminal sends the transmission block to the receiving terminal;
- the feedback status identifier indicates that data retransmission of the transmission block is not required, or the sending terminal does not send the transmission block to the receiving terminal, data retransmission of the transmission block is not performed.
- the second determining module 122 includes:
- the second data transmission unit is configured to, in all the feedback resource locations for which the feedback status identifier is obtained, there is at least one feedback status identifier sent by the receiving terminal, indicating that the transmission block data needs to be retransmitted, and the sending terminal sends a message to the receiving terminal.
- the terminal sends the transmission block retransmit the transmission block data to all receiving terminals that receive the transmission block.
- the second determining module 122 is further configured to:
- the terminal further includes:
- the setting module is used to set the maximum number of transmission blocks transmitted by the sending terminal in each cycle to 3 when the number of multiple time slots is 4.
- the terminal is a terminal corresponding to the foregoing information retransmission method, and all implementation manners in the foregoing method embodiment are applicable to the embodiment of the terminal, and the same technical effect can also be achieved.
- the feedback resource position selected by the receiving terminal and the information bits carried in the feedback channel are used to complete the feedback status indication.
- the maximum feedback information can be carried without adding the feedback channel, and the control information can be decoded in the receiving terminal.
- the sending terminal is instructed to retransmit data, which solves the problem that the terminal cannot reliably feedback information due to the fact that no base station participates in scheduling in the direct link.
- the terminal is a receiving terminal and includes a transceiver 134, a memory 133, a processor 131, and a device stored in the memory.
- a computer program that can run on a processor.
- the memory 133 is connected to the processor 131 through a bus interface 132.
- the memory 133 is used to store programs and data used by the processor 131 when performing operations.
- the processor 131 calls and executes the memory 133
- the steps of the above-mentioned information feedback method are executed.
- the transceiver 134 is connected to the bus interface 132 and is used to receive and send data under the control of the processor 131.
- the processor 131 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
- the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
- the receiving terminal stores a corresponding relationship between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block, and the feedback information includes: the feedback resource location mapped by the feedback channel and the feedback channel sent by the feedback channel. Feedback status indicator.
- the feedback status identifier indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location together indicate the overall feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks .
- the corresponding relationship includes:
- the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if There is an ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, and the feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state. If there is no ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, the The feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if a plurality of the transmission blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
- the transmission corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of the block group is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
- each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier.
- the corresponding relationship includes:
- the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is negative Confirming the NACK status, and if there is no NACK status in the feedback status of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback status;
- the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if multiple transmissions There is a NACK state in the feedback state of the block, and the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is none Feedback status
- the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource position It is a NACK state, and if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
- the feedback channel carries 1 bit of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier
- the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier.
- the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier
- the correspondence relationship includes:
- the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK or NACK state, and if the feedback states of multiple transport blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
- each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier.
- the corresponding relationship includes: the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if there are multiple If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the transport block, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
- the feedback status of the transmission block group is determined according to the feedback status of the transmission blocks included in the transmission block group;
- the feedback status identifier of the transmission block group indicates that the transmitting terminal needs to perform data retransmission on the transmission block group.
- the processor implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
- the feedback resource location corresponding to the transmission block group is the feedback resource location corresponding to any transmission block in the transmission block group.
- the second method in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3.
- the feedback state identifier is the first preset state identifier
- the feedback status identifier of the transmission block is not sent.
- the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges. Specifically, one or more processors represented by the processor 131 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 133 are linked together.
- the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripheral devices, voltage regulators, power management circuits, etc., which are all known in the art, and therefore, will not be further described herein.
- the bus interface provides the interface.
- the transceiver 134 may be a plurality of elements, including a transmitter and a transceiver, and provide a unit for communicating with various other devices on the transmission medium.
- the user interface 135 may also be an interface capable of connecting externally and internally with required equipment.
- the connected equipment includes but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
- the processor 131 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 133 can store data used by the processor 131 when performing operations.
- the terminal is a transmitting terminal and includes a transceiver 144, a memory 143, a processor 141, and a computer stored in the memory and running on the processor. program.
- the memory 143 is connected to the processor 141 through a bus interface 142, and the memory 143 is used to store programs and data used by the processor 141 when performing operations.
- the processor 141 calls and executes the memory 143
- the steps of the above-mentioned information feedback method are executed.
- the transceiver 144 is connected to the bus interface 142, and is used to receive and send data under the control of the processor 141.
- the processor 141 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
- the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
- the processor implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
- the feedback state identifier is detected at the feedback resource positions corresponding to all receiving terminals.
- the sending terminal stores a correspondence between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block, and the feedback information includes: the feedback resource location mapped by the feedback channel and the feedback channel sent by the feedback channel. Feedback status identification;
- the feedback status identifier indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location together indicate the overall feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks .
- the corresponding relationship includes:
- the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if There is an ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, and the feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state. If there is no ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, the The feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if a plurality of the transmission blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
- the transmission corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of the block group is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
- the sending terminal when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the sending terminal separately obtains the feedback state identifiers fed back by each receiving terminal in an independent feedback channel.
- the corresponding relationship includes:
- the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is negative Confirming the NACK status, and if there is no NACK status in the feedback status of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback status;
- the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if multiple transmissions There is a NACK state in the feedback state of the block, and the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is none Feedback status
- the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource position It is a NACK state, and if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
- the sending terminal obtains the feedback state identifier fed back by each receiving terminal on the same feedback channel.
- the correspondence relationship includes:
- the feedback status of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK or NACK status. If the feedback state of the transmission block is all DTX state, the feedback information is no feedback state;
- each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier
- the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, if the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks is If there is no NACK state, the feedback information is a no feedback state;
- each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
- the processor implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
- the sending terminal sends the transmission block to the receiving terminal, retransmit the transmission block data to the at least one receiving terminal;
- the feedback status identifier indicates that data retransmission of the transmission block is not required, or the sending terminal does not send the transmission block to the receiving terminal, data retransmission of the transmission block is not performed.
- the sending terminal sends the transmission block to the receiving terminal Next, retransmit the transport block data to all receiving terminals that receive the transport block.
- the processor implements one of the following steps when executing the computer program:
- the processor implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
- the maximum number of transmission blocks transmitted by the transmitting terminal in each cycle is set to 3.
- the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges. Specifically, one or more processors represented by the processor 141 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 143 are linked together.
- the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripheral devices, voltage regulators, power management circuits, etc., which are all known in the art, and therefore, will not be further described herein.
- the bus interface provides the interface.
- the transceiver 144 may be a plurality of elements, including a transmitter and a transceiver, and provide a unit for communicating with various other devices on the transmission medium.
- the user interface 145 may also be an interface capable of connecting externally and internally with required equipment.
- the connected equipment includes but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
- the processor 141 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 143 can store data used by the processor 141 when performing operations.
- specific embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, where the program is executed by a processor to implement steps in the above-mentioned information feedback method or information retransmission method. And can achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, I will not repeat them here.
- the computer-readable storage medium such as read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM for short), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM for short), magnetic disk, or optical disk, etc.
- modules, units, sub-modules, sub-units, etc. can be implemented in one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (Digital Signal Processing, DSP), digital signal processing equipment ( DSP Device, DSPD), Programmable Logic Device (PLD), Field-Programmable Gate Array (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), general-purpose processors, controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors, Other electronic units or combinations thereof that perform the functions described in the present disclosure.
- ASICs application specific integrated circuits
- DSP Digital Signal Processing
- DSP Device digital signal processing equipment
- PLD Programmable Logic Device
- Field-Programmable Gate Array Field-Programmable Gate Array
- FPGA Field-Programmable Gate Array
- each component or each step can be decomposed and/or recombined.
- These decomposition and/or recombination should be regarded as equivalent solutions of the present disclosure.
- the steps of performing the above series of processing can naturally be performed in a chronological order in the order of description, but do not necessarily need to be performed in a chronological order, and some steps can be performed in parallel or independently of each other.
- a person of ordinary skill in the art can understand that all or any of the steps or components of the methods and devices of the present disclosure can be used in any computing device (including a processor, storage medium, etc.) or a network of computing devices with hardware and firmware. , Software or a combination of them, this can be achieved by those of ordinary skill in the art using their basic programming skills after reading the description of the present disclosure.
- the purpose of the present disclosure can also be realized by running a program or a group of programs on any computing device.
- the computing device may be a well-known general-purpose device. Therefore, the purpose of the present disclosure can also be achieved only by providing a program product containing program code for implementing the method or device. That is, such a program product also constitutes the present disclosure, and a storage medium storing such a program product also constitutes the present disclosure.
- the storage medium may be any well-known storage medium or any storage medium developed in the future. It should also be pointed out that in the device and method of the present disclosure, obviously, each component or each step can be decomposed and/or recombined.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Detection And Prevention Of Errors In Transmission (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Provided are information feedback method, a retransmission method and a terminal. The information feedback method comprises: when a plurality of time slots share the same feedback resource pool, determining the feedback states of a plurality of transmission blocks according to receiving results of the transmission blocks in the plurality of time slots; and selecting, from among feedback resource positions corresponding to transmission blocks successfully decoding control information in the plurality of time slots, a feedback resource position mapped by a feedback channel, and sending feedback state identifiers of the transmission blocks by means of the feedback channel, wherein the feedback resource position and the feedback state identifiers jointly indicate whether a sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission with respect to each of the transmission blocks.
Description
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-references to related applications
本申请主张在2019年11月8日在中国提交的中国专利申请号No.201911089902.6的优先权,其全部内容通过引用包含于此。This application claims the priority of Chinese Patent Application No. 201911089902.6 filed in China on November 8, 2019, the entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
本公开涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种信息反馈、重传方法及终端。The present disclosure relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to an information feedback and retransmission method and terminal.
随着V2X(Vehicle to everything,车联网)技术的进一步发展,新的一些应用场景出现,NR(New Radio,新空口)V2X为了支持更广泛的业务,提供更高的通信可靠性,基于LTE(long Term Evolution,长期演进)V2X原有的广播通信模式外,还引入了单播以及组播通信模式,并为这两种通信模式引入了反馈信道。With the further development of V2X (Vehicle to Everything, Internet of Vehicles) technology, some new application scenarios have emerged. In order to support a wider range of services and provide higher communication reliability, NR (New Radio) V2X is based on LTE (New Radio). Long Term Evolution) In addition to the original broadcast communication mode of V2X, it also introduces unicast and multicast communication modes, and introduces feedback channels for these two communication modes.
由于V2X通信属于sidelink(直通链路),对于反馈资源映射过程是没有基站进行参与调度的,无法沿用NR Uu口的资源映射方式,收发两端无法在特定的资源位置获得相应的反馈信道,因此无法准确可靠的传输反馈信息。Since V2X communication is a sidelink (direct link), no base station participates in the scheduling of the feedback resource mapping process, and the resource mapping method of the NR Uu port cannot be used. The feedback information cannot be transmitted accurately and reliably.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本公开提供一种信息反馈、重传方法及终端,解决了直通链路中,没有基站调度的情况下终端无法可靠反馈信息的问题。The present disclosure provides an information feedback and retransmission method and a terminal, which solves the problem that the terminal cannot reliably feedback information in a direct link without base station scheduling.
本公开的实施例提供一种信息反馈方法,应用于直通链路sidelink中的接收终端,包括:The embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information feedback method, which is applied to a receiving terminal in a through link sidelink, and includes:
在多个时隙共用同一个反馈资源池的情况下,根据所述多个时隙上传输块的接收结果,确定多个所述传输块的反馈状态;In the case that multiple time slots share the same feedback resource pool, determine the feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks according to the reception results of the transmission blocks on the multiple time slots;
从所述多个时隙上成功解码控制信息的传输块所对应的反馈资源位置中,选择反馈信道映射的反馈资源位置,通过所述反馈信道发送所述传输块的反馈状态标识;Selecting the feedback resource position mapped by the feedback channel from the feedback resource positions corresponding to the transmission blocks on which the control information is successfully decoded in the multiple time slots, and sending the feedback status identifier of the transmission block through the feedback channel;
其中,所述反馈资源位置和所述反馈状态标识共同指示发送终端对每一个所述传输块是否需要进行数据重传。Wherein, the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
可选地,所述接收终端内存储有反馈信息与各个传输块的反馈状态的对应关系,所述反馈信息包括:所述反馈信道映射的所述反馈资源位置以及所述反馈信道发送的所述反馈状态标识。Optionally, the receiving terminal stores a corresponding relationship between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block, and the feedback information includes: the feedback resource location mapped by the feedback channel and the feedback channel sent by the feedback channel. Feedback status indicator.
可选地,所述反馈状态标识指示多个所述传输块中的部分传输块的反馈状态,或者,所述反馈状态标识与所述反馈资源位置共同指示多个所述传输块整体的反馈状态。Optionally, the feedback status identifier indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location together indicate the overall feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks .
可选地,所述对应关系包括:Optionally, the corresponding relationship includes:
在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为肯定确认ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the feedback of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location The state is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a no feedback state;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块均为非连续传输(Discontinuous Transmission,DTX)状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if There is an ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, and the feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state. If there is no ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, the The feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if a plurality of the transmission blocks are in the Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为ACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;When the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transmission block groups, the transmission corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of the block group is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier.
可选地,所述对应关系包括:Optionally, the corresponding relationship includes:
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为 否定确认NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is negative Confirming the NACK status, and if there is no NACK status in the feedback status of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback status;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在NACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if multiple transmissions There is a NACK state in the feedback state of the block, and the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is none Feedback status
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为NACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transport block groups, the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource position It is a NACK state, and if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈所述反馈状态中存在NACK状态的反馈信息。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
可选地,在所述多个时隙为2个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载1比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识;Optionally, in a case where the multiple time slots are two, the feedback channel carries 1 bit of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier;
在所述多个时隙为4个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识。In a case where the multiple time slots are 4, the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier.
可选地,在所述多个时隙为2个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识;Optionally, in a case where the multiple time slots are two, the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二的情况下,所述对应关系包括:In the case that the unicast mode or the second method in the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the correspondence relationship includes:
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK或者NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;The second method in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position is ACK or NACK state, if there are multiple transmission blocks If the feedback state of is all DTX state, the feedback information is no feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈状态标识;Wherein, when the method 2 in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一的情况下,所述对应关系包括:所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状 态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the corresponding relationship includes: the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if there are multiple If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the transport block, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈所述反馈状态中存在NACK状态的反馈信息。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
可选地,所述传输块组的反馈状态根据所述传输块组内包含的传输块的反馈状态确定;Optionally, the feedback status of the transmission block group is determined according to the feedback status of the transmission blocks included in the transmission block group;
其中,在所述传输块组内的至少一个传输块需要发送终端进行数据重传的情况下,所述传输块组的反馈状态标识指示需要发送终端对所述传输块组进行数据重传。Wherein, in the case that at least one transmission block in the transmission block group requires the transmitting terminal to perform data retransmission, the feedback status identifier of the transmission block group indicates that the transmitting terminal needs to perform data retransmission on the transmission block group.
可选地,所述通过所述反馈信道发送所述传输块的反馈状态标识,包括:Optionally, the sending the feedback status identifier of the transport block through the feedback channel includes:
通过所述反馈信道发送所述传输块组的反馈状态标识;Sending the feedback status identifier of the transport block group through the feedback channel;
所述传输块组对应的反馈资源位置为所述传输块组内的任意一个传输块所对应的反馈资源位置。The feedback resource location corresponding to the transmission block group is the feedback resource location corresponding to any transmission block in the transmission block group.
可选地,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若3个所述传输块全部需要进行数据重传,所述反馈状态标识为第一预设状态标识;Optionally, the second method in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3. In this case, if all the three transmission blocks require data retransmission, the feedback state identifier is the first preset state identifier;
若3个所述传输块均未成功解码控制信息,不发送所述传输块的反馈状态标识。If none of the three transmission blocks successfully decode the control information, the feedback status identifier of the transmission block is not sent.
本公开的实施例还提供一种信息重传方法,应用于直通链路sidelink中的发送终端,包括:The embodiment of the present disclosure also provides an information retransmission method, which is applied to a sending terminal in a through link sidelink, including:
获取反馈状态标识;Obtain the feedback status identifier;
根据所述反馈状态标识,以及获取到所述反馈状态标识的反馈资源位置,确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传;Determine whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block according to the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location where the feedback status identifier is acquired;
其中,所述反馈资源位置和所述反馈状态标识共同指示发送终端对每一个所述传输块是否需要进行数据重传。Wherein, the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
可选地,所述获取反馈状态标识,包括:Optionally, the obtaining the feedback status identifier includes:
在接收终端为多个时,在所有接收终端对应的反馈资源位置检测所述反 馈状态标识。When there are multiple receiving terminals, the feedback status identifier is detected at the feedback resource positions corresponding to all receiving terminals.
可选地,所述发送终端内存储有反馈信息与各个传输块的反馈状态的对应关系,所述反馈信息包括:所述反馈信道映射的所述反馈资源位置以及所述反馈信道发送的所述反馈状态标识;Optionally, the sending terminal stores a correspondence between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block, and the feedback information includes: the feedback resource location mapped by the feedback channel and the feedback channel sent by the feedback channel. Feedback status identification;
所述确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传,包括:The determining whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block includes:
根据所述对应关系中,与所述反馈状态标识以及所述反馈资源位置对应的反馈状态,确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传。According to the feedback status corresponding to the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location in the corresponding relationship, it is determined whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
可选地,所述反馈状态标识指示多个所述传输块中的部分传输块的反馈状态,或者,所述反馈状态标识与所述反馈资源位置共同指示多个所述传输块整体的反馈状态。Optionally, the feedback status identifier indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location together indicate the overall feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks .
可选地,所述对应关系包括:Optionally, the corresponding relationship includes:
在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为肯定确认ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the feedback of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location The state is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a no feedback state;
在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if there are multiple There is an ACK state in the feedback state of the transport block, the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback resource The feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the position is the NACK state, and if a plurality of the transmission blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为ACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;When the second method in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transmission block groups, the transmission block group corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of is an ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
其中,在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,所述发送终端在独立的反馈信道分别获取各个接收终端反馈的所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the sending terminal separately obtains the feedback state identifiers fed back by each receiving terminal in an independent feedback channel.
可选地,所述对应关系包括:Optionally, the corresponding relationship includes:
在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为否定确认NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the feedback status of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is NACK State, if there is no NACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在NACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if the number of transmission blocks is 3 There is a NACK state in the feedback state, and the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is the no feedback state ;
在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为NACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transport block groups, the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource location is NACK State, if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
其中,在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,所述发送终端在同一个反馈信道获取各个接收终端反馈的所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the sending terminal obtains the feedback state identifier fed back by each receiving terminal on the same feedback channel.
可选地,在所述多个时隙为2个,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息的情况下,所述对应关系包括:Optionally, in a case where there are two timeslots and the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, the correspondence relationship includes:
在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK或者NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK or NACK status. The feedback state of the block is DTX state, then the feedback information is no feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈状态标识;Wherein, when the method 2 in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier;
在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, if there is no feedback state of the multiple transport blocks NACK state, the feedback information is no feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈所述反馈状态中存在NACK状态的反馈信息。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
可选地,在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二的情况下,确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传,包括:Optionally, in the case that the method 2 in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, determining whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block includes:
在至少一个接收终端发送的反馈状态标识指示需要对所述传输块进行数据重传时,检测是否向所述接收终端发送所述传输块;When the feedback status identifier sent by at least one receiving terminal indicates that the transmission block needs to be retransmitted, detecting whether to send the transmission block to the receiving terminal;
在所述发送终端向所述接收终端发送所述传输块的情况下,对所述至少一个接收终端进行重传所述传输块数据;In the case that the sending terminal sends the transmission block to the receiving terminal, retransmit the transmission block data to the at least one receiving terminal;
在所述反馈状态标识指示不需要对所述传输块进行数据重传,或者所述发送终端未向所述接收终端发送所述传输块的情况下,不对所述传输块进行数据重传。In the case where the feedback status identifier indicates that data retransmission of the transmission block is not required, or the sending terminal does not send the transmission block to the receiving terminal, data retransmission of the transmission block is not performed.
可选地,在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一的情况下,确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传,包括:Optionally, in the case that the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, determining whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block includes:
在获取到反馈状态标识的所有反馈资源位置中,存在至少一个接收终端发送的反馈状态标识,指示需要进行重传所述传输块数据,且所述发送终端向接收终端发送所述传输块的情况下,对接收所述传输块的所有接收终端进行重传所述传输块数据。Among all the feedback resource locations where the feedback status identifier is obtained, there is at least one feedback status identifier sent by the receiving terminal, indicating that the transmission block data needs to be retransmitted, and the sending terminal sends the transmission block to the receiving terminal Next, retransmit the transport block data to all receiving terminals that receive the transport block.
可选地,所述确定是否对所述每一个所述传输块进行数据重传的步骤,包括以下其中一项:Optionally, the step of determining whether to perform data retransmission for each of the transmission blocks includes one of the following:
在未获取到所述反馈状态标识的情况下,所有传输块均不需要进行数据重传;In the case that the feedback status identifier is not obtained, all transmission blocks do not need to perform data retransmission;
在获取到第一预设状态标识的情况下,对所有传输块进行数据重传。When the first preset state identifier is obtained, data retransmission is performed on all transmission blocks.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method further includes:
所述多个时隙为4个的情况下,设置所述发送终端在每个周期内传递传输块的最大数量为3。In the case where the multiple time slots are 4, the maximum number of transmission blocks transmitted by the transmitting terminal in each cycle is set to 3.
本公开的实施例还提供一种终端,所述终端为接收终端,包括:收发机、存储器、处理器及存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:The embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a terminal, the terminal is a receiving terminal, including: a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored in the memory and running on the processor, and the processor executes the The computer program implements the following steps:
在多个时隙共用同一个反馈资源池的情况下,根据所述多个时隙上传输块的接收结果,确定多个所述传输块的反馈状态;In the case that multiple time slots share the same feedback resource pool, determine the feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks according to the reception results of the transmission blocks on the multiple time slots;
从所述多个时隙上成功解码控制信息的传输块所对应的反馈资源位置中, 选择反馈信道映射的反馈资源位置,通过所述反馈信道发送所述传输块的反馈状态标识;Selecting the feedback resource position mapped by the feedback channel from the feedback resource positions corresponding to the transmission blocks on which the control information is successfully decoded in the multiple time slots, and sending the feedback status identifier of the transmission block through the feedback channel;
其中,所述反馈资源位置和所述反馈状态标识共同指示发送终端对每一个所述传输块是否需要进行数据重传。Wherein, the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
可选地,所述接收终端内存储有反馈信息与各个传输块的反馈状态的对应关系,所述反馈信息包括:所述反馈信道映射的所述反馈资源位置以及所述反馈信道发送的所述反馈状态标识。Optionally, the receiving terminal stores a corresponding relationship between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block, and the feedback information includes: the feedback resource location mapped by the feedback channel and the feedback channel sent by the feedback channel. Feedback status indicator.
可选地,所述反馈状态标识指示多个所述传输块中的部分传输块的反馈状态,或者,所述反馈状态标识与所述反馈资源位置共同指示多个所述传输块整体的反馈状态。Optionally, the feedback status identifier indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location together indicate the overall feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks .
可选地,所述对应关系包括:Optionally, the corresponding relationship includes:
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为肯定确认ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if There is an ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, and the feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state. If there is no ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, the The feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if a plurality of the transmission blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为ACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;When the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transmission block groups, the transmission corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of the block group is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier.
可选地,所述对应关系包括:Optionally, the corresponding relationship includes:
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙 为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为否定确认NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is negative Confirming the NACK status, if there is no NACK status in the feedback status of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback status;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在NACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if multiple transmissions There is a NACK state in the feedback state of the block, and the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is none Feedback status
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为NACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transport block groups, the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource position It is a NACK state, and if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈所述反馈状态中存在NACK状态的反馈信息。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
可选地,在所述多个时隙为2个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载1比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识;Optionally, in a case where the multiple time slots are two, the feedback channel carries 1 bit of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier;
在所述多个时隙为4个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识。In a case where the multiple time slots are 4, the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier.
可选地,在所述多个时隙为2个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识;Optionally, in a case where the multiple time slots are two, the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二的情况下,所述对应关系包括:In the case that the unicast mode or the second method in the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the correspondence relationship includes:
所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK或者NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;The feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK or NACK state, and if the feedback states of multiple transport blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈状态标识;Wherein, when the method 2 in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一的情况下,所述 对应关系包括:所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the corresponding relationship includes: the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if there are multiple If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the transport block, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈所述反馈状态中存在NACK状态的反馈信息。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
可选地,所述传输块组的反馈状态根据所述传输块组内包含的传输块的反馈状态确定;Optionally, the feedback status of the transmission block group is determined according to the feedback status of the transmission blocks included in the transmission block group;
其中,在所述传输块组内的至少一个传输块需要发送终端进行数据重传的情况下,所述传输块组的反馈状态标识指示需要发送终端对所述传输块组进行数据重传。Wherein, in the case that at least one transmission block in the transmission block group requires the transmitting terminal to perform data retransmission, the feedback status identifier of the transmission block group indicates that the transmitting terminal needs to perform data retransmission on the transmission block group.
可选地,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:Optionally, the processor implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
通过所述反馈信道发送所述传输块组的反馈状态标识;Sending the feedback status identifier of the transport block group through the feedback channel;
所述传输块组对应的反馈资源位置为所述传输块组内的任意一个传输块所对应的反馈资源位置。The feedback resource location corresponding to the transmission block group is the feedback resource location corresponding to any transmission block in the transmission block group.
可选地,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若3个所述传输块全部需要进行数据重传,所述反馈状态标识为第一预设状态标识;Optionally, the second method in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3. In this case, if all the three transmission blocks require data retransmission, the feedback state identifier is the first preset state identifier;
若3个所述传输块均未成功解码控制信息,不发送所述传输块的反馈状态标识。If none of the three transmission blocks successfully decode the control information, the feedback status identifier of the transmission block is not sent.
本公开的实施例还提供一种终端,所述终端为发送终端,包括:收发机、存储器、处理器及存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:The embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a terminal, the terminal is a transmitting terminal, including: a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored in the memory and running on the processor, and the processor executes the The computer program implements the following steps:
获取反馈状态标识;Obtain the feedback status identifier;
根据所述反馈状态标识,以及获取到所述反馈状态标识的反馈资源位置,确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传;Determine whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block according to the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location where the feedback status identifier is acquired;
其中,所述反馈资源位置和所述反馈状态标识共同指示发送终端对每一个所述传输块是否需要进行数据重传。Wherein, the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
可选地,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:Optionally, the processor implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
在接收终端为多个时,在所有接收终端对应的反馈资源位置检测所述反馈状态标识。When there are multiple receiving terminals, the feedback state identifier is detected at the feedback resource positions corresponding to all receiving terminals.
可选地,所述发送终端内存储有反馈信息与各个传输块的反馈状态的对应关系,所述反馈信息包括:所述反馈信道映射的所述反馈资源位置以及所述反馈信道发送的所述反馈状态标识;Optionally, the sending terminal stores a correspondence between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block, and the feedback information includes: the feedback resource location mapped by the feedback channel and the feedback channel sent by the feedback channel. Feedback status identification;
所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:When the processor executes the computer program, the following steps are implemented:
根据所述对应关系中,与所述反馈状态标识以及所述反馈资源位置对应的反馈状态,确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传。According to the feedback status corresponding to the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location in the corresponding relationship, it is determined whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
可选地,所述反馈状态标识指示多个所述传输块中的部分传输块的反馈状态,或者,所述反馈状态标识与所述反馈资源位置共同指示多个所述传输块整体的反馈状态。Optionally, the feedback status identifier indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location together indicate the overall feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks .
可选地,所述对应关系包括:Optionally, the corresponding relationship includes:
在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为肯定确认ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the feedback of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location The state is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a no feedback state;
在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if there are multiple There is an ACK state in the feedback state of the transport block, the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback resource The feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the position is the NACK state, and if a plurality of the transmission blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为ACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transmission block groups, the transmission block group corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of is an ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
其中,在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,所述发送终端在独立的反馈信道分别获取各个接收终端反馈的所述反 馈状态标识。Wherein, when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the sending terminal separately obtains the feedback state identifiers fed back by each receiving terminal in an independent feedback channel.
可选地,所述对应关系包括:Optionally, the corresponding relationship includes:
在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为否定确认NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the feedback status of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is NACK State, if there is no NACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在NACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if the number of transmission blocks is 3 There is a NACK state in the feedback state, and the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is the no feedback state ;
在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为NACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transport block groups, the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource location is NACK State, if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
其中,在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,所述发送终端在同一个反馈信道获取各个接收终端反馈的所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the sending terminal obtains the feedback state identifier fed back by each receiving terminal on the same feedback channel.
可选地,在所述多个时隙为2个,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息的情况下,所述对应关系包括:Optionally, in a case where there are two timeslots and the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, the correspondence relationship includes:
在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK或者NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK or NACK status. The feedback state of the block is DTX state, then the feedback information is no feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈状态标识;Wherein, when the method 2 in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier;
在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, if there is no feedback state of the multiple transport blocks NACK state, the feedback information is no feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个 接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈所述反馈状态中存在NACK状态的反馈信息。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
可选地,在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二的情况下,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:Optionally, in the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the following steps are implemented when the processor executes the computer program:
在至少一个接收终端发送的反馈状态标识指示需要对所述传输块进行数据重传时,检测是否向所述接收终端发送所述传输块;When the feedback status identifier sent by at least one receiving terminal indicates that the transmission block needs to be retransmitted, detecting whether to send the transmission block to the receiving terminal;
在所述发送终端向所述接收终端发送所述传输块的情况下,对所述至少一个接收终端进行重传所述传输块数据;In the case that the sending terminal sends the transmission block to the receiving terminal, retransmit the transmission block data to the at least one receiving terminal;
在所述反馈状态标识指示不需要对所述传输块进行数据重传,或者所述发送终端未向所述接收终端发送所述传输块的情况下,不对所述传输块进行数据重传。In the case where the feedback status identifier indicates that data retransmission of the transmission block is not required, or the sending terminal does not send the transmission block to the receiving terminal, data retransmission of the transmission block is not performed.
可选地,在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一的情况下,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:Optionally, in the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the following steps are implemented when the processor executes the computer program:
在获取到反馈状态标识的所有反馈资源位置中,存在至少一个接收终端发送的反馈状态标识,指示需要进行重传所述传输块数据,且所述发送终端向接收终端发送所述传输块的情况下,对接收所述传输块的所有接收终端进行重传所述传输块数据。Among all the feedback resource locations where the feedback status identifier is obtained, there is at least one feedback status identifier sent by the receiving terminal, indicating that the transmission block data needs to be retransmitted, and the sending terminal sends the transmission block to the receiving terminal Next, retransmit the transport block data to all receiving terminals that receive the transport block.
可选地,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤中的一项:Optionally, the processor implements one of the following steps when executing the computer program:
在未获取到所述反馈状态标识的情况下,所有传输块均不需要进行数据重传;In the case that the feedback status identifier is not obtained, all transmission blocks do not need to perform data retransmission;
在获取到第一预设状态标识的情况下,对所有传输块进行数据重传。When the first preset state identifier is obtained, data retransmission is performed on all transmission blocks.
可选地,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:Optionally, the processor implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
所述多个时隙为4个的情况下,设置所述发送终端在每个周期内传递传输块的最大数量为3。In the case where the multiple time slots are 4, the maximum number of transmission blocks transmitted by the transmitting terminal in each cycle is set to 3.
本公开的实施例还提供一种终端,所述终端为接收终端,包括:The embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a terminal, where the terminal is a receiving terminal and includes:
第一确定模块,用于在多个时隙共用同一个反馈资源池的情况下,根据所述多个时隙上传输块的接收结果,确定多个所述传输块的反馈状态;The first determining module is configured to determine the feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks according to the reception results of the transmission blocks on the multiple time slots when multiple time slots share the same feedback resource pool;
第一发送模块,用于从所述多个时隙上成功解码控制信息的传输块所对应的反馈资源位置中,选择反馈信道映射的反馈资源位置,通过所述反馈信 道发送所述传输块的反馈状态标识;The first sending module is configured to select the feedback resource position mapped by the feedback channel from the feedback resource positions corresponding to the transmission blocks for which the control information is successfully decoded in the multiple time slots, and send the information of the transmission block through the feedback channel. Feedback status identification;
其中,所述反馈资源位置和所述反馈状态标识共同指示发送终端对每一个所述传输块是否需要进行数据重传。Wherein, the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
本公开的实施例还提供一种终端,所述终端为发送终端,包括:The embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a terminal, which is a sending terminal and includes:
第一获取模块,用于获取反馈状态标识;The first obtaining module is used to obtain the feedback status identifier;
第二确定模块,用于根据所述反馈状态标识,以及获取到所述反馈状态标识的反馈资源位置,确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传;The second determining module is configured to determine whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block according to the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location where the feedback status identifier is acquired;
其中,所述反馈资源位置和所述反馈状态标识共同指示发送终端对每一个所述传输块是否需要进行数据重传。Wherein, the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
本公开的实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述信息反馈方法或者实现上述信息重传方法的步骤。The embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the above-mentioned information feedback method or the steps of the above-mentioned information retransmission method are realized.
本公开的上述技术方案的有益效果是:The beneficial effects of the above technical solutions of the present disclosure are:
本公开的实施例,利用接收终端选择的反馈资源位置,以及反馈信道中携带的信息比特共同完成反馈状态的指示,不需要增加反馈信道即可以承载最大反馈信息,可以在接收终端无法解码控制信息的情况下指示发送终端进行数据重传,解决了直通链路中由于没有基站参与调度导致的终端无法可靠的反馈信息的问题。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, the feedback resource location selected by the receiving terminal and the information bits carried in the feedback channel are used to complete the feedback status indication. The maximum feedback information can be carried without the need to increase the feedback channel, and the control information cannot be decoded at the receiving terminal. In the case of instructing the sending terminal to perform data retransmission, the problem that the terminal cannot reliably feedback information due to no base station participating in the scheduling in the direct link is solved.
图1表示多个时隙共用同一个反馈资源池的示意图;Figure 1 shows a schematic diagram of multiple time slots sharing the same feedback resource pool;
图2表示本公开的一些实施例的信息反馈方法的流程示意图;FIG. 2 shows a schematic flowchart of an information feedback method according to some embodiments of the present disclosure;
图3表示发送终端在连续两个时隙上发送两个传输块的示意图;Figure 3 shows a schematic diagram of a sending terminal sending two transmission blocks on two consecutive time slots;
图4表示本公开的一些实施例单播模式下两个传输块对应的反馈信道示意图;4 shows a schematic diagram of feedback channels corresponding to two transport blocks in unicast mode in some embodiments of the present disclosure;
图5表示本公开的一些实施例组播的方式二模式下两个传输块对应的反馈信道示意图;FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of feedback channels corresponding to two transmission blocks in the second mode of multicast in some embodiments of the present disclosure;
图6表示本公开的一些实施例组播方式一模式下两个传输块对应的反馈信道示意图;FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of feedback channels corresponding to two transmission blocks in the first multicast mode of some embodiments of the present disclosure;
图7表示发送终端在连续四个时隙上发送四个传输块的示意图;Fig. 7 shows a schematic diagram of a sending terminal sending four transmission blocks in four consecutive time slots;
图8表示本公开的一些实施例组播方式一模式下四个传输块对应的反馈信道示意图;FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram of feedback channels corresponding to four transmission blocks in the first multicast mode of some embodiments of the present disclosure;
图9表示本公开的一些实施例将四个传输块划分为两个传输块组进行反馈的示意图;FIG. 9 shows a schematic diagram of dividing four transmission blocks into two transmission block groups for feedback in some embodiments of the present disclosure;
图10表示本公开的一些实施例的信息重传方法的流程示意图;FIG. 10 shows a schematic flowchart of an information retransmission method according to some embodiments of the present disclosure;
图11表示本公开的一些实施例的接收终端的模块示意图;FIG. 11 shows a schematic diagram of modules of a receiving terminal according to some embodiments of the present disclosure;
图12表示本公开的一些实施例的发送终端的模块示意图;FIG. 12 shows a schematic diagram of modules of a sending terminal according to some embodiments of the present disclosure;
图13表示本公开的接收终端的实施结构示意图;FIG. 13 shows a schematic diagram of the implementation structure of the receiving terminal of the present disclosure;
图14表示本公开的发送终端的实施结构示意图。FIG. 14 shows a schematic diagram of the implementation structure of the sending terminal of the present disclosure.
为使本公开要解决的技术问题、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图及具体实施例进行详细描述。在下面的描述中,提供诸如具体的配置和组件的特定细节仅仅是为了帮助全面理解本公开的实施例。因此,本领域技术人员应该清楚,可以对这里描述的实施例进行各种改变和修改而不脱离本公开的范围和精神。另外,为了清楚和简洁,省略了对已知功能和构造的描述。In order to make the technical problems, technical solutions, and advantages to be solved by the present disclosure clearer, a detailed description will be given below in conjunction with the drawings and specific embodiments. In the following description, specific details such as specific configurations and components are provided only to help a comprehensive understanding of the embodiments of the present disclosure. Therefore, it should be clear to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made to the embodiments described herein without departing from the scope and spirit of the present disclosure. In addition, for clarity and conciseness, descriptions of known functions and configurations are omitted.
应理解,说明书通篇中提到的“一个实施例”或“一实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本公开的至少一个实施例中。因此,在整个说明书各处出现的“在一个实施例中”或“在一实施例中”未必一定指相同的实施例。此外,这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。It should be understood that “one embodiment” or “an embodiment” mentioned throughout the specification means that a specific feature, structure, or characteristic related to the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present disclosure. Therefore, the appearances of "in one embodiment" or "in an embodiment" in various places throughout the specification do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. In addition, these specific features, structures or characteristics can be combined in one or more embodiments in any suitable manner.
在本公开的各种实施例中,应理解,下述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本公开的一些实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。In the various embodiments of the present disclosure, it should be understood that the size of the sequence number of the following processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not correspond to the present disclosure. The implementation process of some embodiments constitutes any limitation.
另外,本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常可互换使用。In addition, the terms "system" and "network" in this article are often used interchangeably in this article.
在本申请所提供的实施例中,应理解,“与A相应的B”表示B与A相关联,根据A可以确定B。但还应理解,根据A确定B并不意味着仅仅根 据A确定B,还可以根据A和/或其它信息确定B。In the embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that "B corresponding to A" means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A. However, it should also be understood that determining B based on A does not mean that B is determined only based on A, and B can also be determined based on A and/or other information.
本公开的一些实施例中,接入网的形式不限,可以是包括宏基站(Macro Base Station)、微基站(Pico Base Station)、Node B(3G移动基站的称呼)、增强型基站(eNB)、家庭增强型基站(Femto eNB或Home eNode B或Home eNB或HeNB)、中继站、接入点、RRU(Remote Radio Unit,远端射频模块)、RRH(Remote Radio Head,射频拉远头)等的接入网。用户终端可以是移动电话(或手机),或者其他能够发送或接收无线信号的设备,包括用户设备、个人数字助理(PDA)、无线调制解调器、无线通信装置、手持装置、膝上型计算机、无绳电话、无线本地回路(WLL)站、能够将移动信号转换为WiFi信号的CPE(Customer Premise Equipment,客户终端)或移动智能热点、智能家电、或其他不通过人的操作就能自发与移动通信网络通信的设备等。In some embodiments of the present disclosure, the form of the access network is not limited, and may include macro base station (Macro Base Station), micro base station (Pico Base Station), Node B (referred to as 3G mobile base station), and enhanced base station (eNB ), home enhanced base station (Femto eNB or Home eNode B or Home eNB or HeNB), relay station, access point, RRU (Remote Radio Unit, remote radio frequency module), RRH (Remote Radio Head, remote radio head), etc. Access network. The user terminal can be a mobile phone (or cell phone), or other equipment capable of sending or receiving wireless signals, including user equipment, personal digital assistants (PDA), wireless modems, wireless communication devices, handheld devices, laptop computers, cordless phones , Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, CPE (Customer Premise Equipment, customer terminal) that can convert mobile signals into WiFi signals, or mobile smart hotspots, smart home appliances, or other spontaneous communication with mobile communication networks without human operation Equipment, etc.
3GPP(Third Generation Partnership Project,第三代合作伙伴计划)会议中讨论的几种通信模式及其具体反馈信道PSFCH(Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel,物理旁链路反馈信道)的设计:Several communication modes discussed in the 3GPP (Third Generation Partnership Project) meeting and their specific feedback channel PSFCH (Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel) design:
一、单播模式(一对一):每个UE使用独立的PSFCH1. Unicast mode (one-to-one): each UE uses an independent PSFCH
二、组播模式(一对多):2. Multicast mode (one-to-many):
方式一:所有UE共享一个PSFCH(NACK-based);Method 1: All UEs share a PSFCH (NACK-based);
方式二:每个UE使用独立的PSFCH(ACK/NACK);Method 2: Each UE uses an independent PSFCH (ACK/NACK);
1):CDM(code division multiplexing,码分复用),组内所有接收终端复用相同的物理时频资源以及相同的基序列,但是通过序列不同的循环移位进行区分,达到多用户复用的目的。1): CDM (code division multiplexing), all receiving terminals in the group multiplex the same physical time-frequency resources and the same base sequence, but differentiated by cyclic shifts of different sequences to achieve multi-user multiplexing the goal of.
2):FDM(Frequency Division Multiplexing,频分复用),组内所有接收终端使用不同物理资源映射反馈信道,通过时频资源占用位置频域不同,达到每个终端使用独立的反馈信道目的。2): FDM (Frequency Division Multiplexing), all receiving terminals in the group use different physical resources to map the feedback channels, and the time-frequency resources occupy different positions in the frequency domain to achieve the purpose of using independent feedback channels for each terminal.
如图1所示,图1中N表示PSFCH资源池(阴影区域)出现的周期为每N个时隙(slot)共用同一个反馈资源池,其中N=1、2或4。对于N=1的情况,每个slot对应一个反馈信道,发送反馈信息时,接收终端直接进行一一对应反馈即可。As shown in FIG. 1, N in FIG. 1 indicates that the PSFCH resource pool (shaded area) appears in a period that every N time slots (slots) share the same feedback resource pool, where N=1, 2, or 4. For the case of N=1, each slot corresponds to a feedback channel. When sending feedback information, the receiving terminal can directly perform one-to-one corresponding feedback.
具体地,如图2所示,本公开的实施例提供的信息反馈方法,应用于直通链路sidelink中的接收终端,具体包括以下步骤:Specifically, as shown in FIG. 2, the information feedback method provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure is applied to the receiving terminal in the through link sidelink, and specifically includes the following steps:
步骤21、在多个时隙共用同一个反馈资源池的情况下,根据所述多个时隙上传输块的接收结果,确定多个所述传输块的反馈状态;Step 21: In the case that multiple time slots share the same feedback resource pool, determine the feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks according to the reception results of the transmission blocks on the multiple time slots;
该实施例中,所述多个时隙表示至少两个,即在至少两个时隙共用同一个反馈资源池的情况下,所述接收终端根据传输块的接收结果,确定待发送的传输块的反馈状态。所述接收终端接收发送终端发送的控制信息时,根据对多个传输块的接收结果,确定各个传输块的反馈状态,所述反馈状态包括:ACK(Acknowledgement,肯定确认)状态、NACK(Negative Acknowledgement,否定确认)状态,以及DTX(Discontinuous Transmission,非连续传输)状态,其中,DTX状态时,发送终端发送数据但接收终端对控制信息解码失败,无法获取相关子信道等数据信息,无法选择反馈信道资源位置,或者发送终端没有想接收终端发送数据。In this embodiment, the multiple time slots represent at least two, that is, in the case that at least two time slots share the same feedback resource pool, the receiving terminal determines the transmission block to be sent according to the reception result of the transmission block Feedback status. When the receiving terminal receives the control information sent by the sending terminal, it determines the feedback status of each transmission block according to the results of receiving multiple transmission blocks. The feedback status includes: ACK (Acknowledgement, positive confirmation) status, NACK (Negative Acknowledgement) , Negative Acknowledgement) state, and DTX (Discontinuous Transmission) state. In the DTX state, the transmitting terminal sends data but the receiving terminal fails to decode the control information, and cannot obtain data information such as related sub-channels, and cannot select the feedback channel. Resource location, or the sending terminal does not want to receive the data sent by the terminal.
步骤22、从所述多个时隙上成功解码控制信息的传输块所对应的反馈资源位置中,选择反馈信道映射的反馈资源位置,通过所述反馈信道发送所述传输块的反馈状态标识。Step 22: Select the feedback resource position mapped by the feedback channel from the feedback resource position corresponding to the transmission block for which the control information is successfully decoded in the multiple time slots, and send the feedback status identifier of the transmission block through the feedback channel.
所述接收终端由反馈资源池中选择反馈信道映射的反馈资源,其中,在选择所述反馈资源时,由成功解码控制信息的所有传输块所对应的反馈资源位置中选择,并通过反馈信道将反馈状态的标识反馈至发送终端。由于每个接收终端在反馈时只能发送一个PSFCH,因此需要用一个PSFCH来指示全部TB(Transport Block,传输块)的反馈状态;但是PSFCH能够承载的反馈信息比特数是有限的,因此能够指示反馈的状态数也是存在上限的,N个TB实际上应该对应N个反馈资源位置,而接收终端最终在反馈时只会选择其中一个反馈资源位置进行发送PSFCH,所以可以进一步利用所述反馈资源位置来指示反馈状态。所述反馈资源位置和所述反馈状态标识共同指示发送终端对每一个所述传输块是否需要进行数据重传。The receiving terminal selects the feedback resource mapped by the feedback channel from the feedback resource pool, wherein when selecting the feedback resource, it is selected from the feedback resource positions corresponding to all the transport blocks of the successfully decoded control information, and the feedback resource is selected through the feedback channel. The indicator of the feedback state is fed back to the sending terminal. Since each receiving terminal can only send one PSFCH during feedback, one PSFCH needs to be used to indicate the feedback status of all TBs (Transport Block); however, the number of feedback information bits that can be carried by PSFCH is limited, so it can indicate There is also an upper limit on the number of feedback states. N TBs should actually correspond to N feedback resource locations, and the receiving terminal will only select one of the feedback resource locations to send PSFCH during the final feedback, so the feedback resource location can be further used To indicate the feedback status. The feedback resource location and the feedback status identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
该实施例中,利用接收终端选择的反馈资源位置,以及反馈信道中携带的信息比特共同完成反馈状态的指示,不需要增加反馈信道即可以承载最大反馈信息,可以在接收终端无法解码控制信息的情况下指示发送终端进行数 据重传,解决了直通链路中由于没有基站参与调度导致的终端无法可靠的反馈信息的问题。In this embodiment, the feedback resource position selected by the receiving terminal and the information bits carried in the feedback channel are used to complete the feedback status indication. The maximum feedback information can be carried without adding the feedback channel, and the control information can be decoded in the receiving terminal. In this case, the sending terminal is instructed to retransmit data, which solves the problem that the terminal cannot reliably feedback information due to the fact that no base station participates in scheduling in the direct link.
需要说明的是,所述反馈状态标识指示多个所述传输块中的部分传输块的反馈状态,或者,所述反馈状态标识与所述反馈资源位置共同指示多个所述传输块整体的反馈状态。即,所述反馈状态标识可以表示部分传输块的反馈状态,例如:发送终端发送4个传输块数据,发送所述反馈状态标识的反馈资源位置指示第一个传输块的反馈状态为ACK,反馈状态标识表示其余3个传输块的反馈状态分别为ACK、NACK、DTX;或者,所述反馈资源位置与所述反馈状态标识共同指示4个传输块的状态为ACK、ACK、NACK、DTX。It should be noted that the feedback status indicator indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status indicator and the feedback resource location together indicate the overall feedback of multiple transmission blocks. status. That is, the feedback status identifier may indicate the feedback status of a part of the transport block. For example, the sending terminal sends 4 transport block data, and the feedback resource location sending the feedback status identifier indicates that the feedback status of the first transport block is ACK, and the feedback status is ACK. The status identifier indicates that the feedback status of the remaining three transmission blocks are ACK, NACK, and DTX respectively; or, the feedback resource location and the feedback status identifier together indicate that the status of the four transmission blocks are ACK, ACK, NACK, and DTX.
可选地,N个反馈资源位置可以用log
2N比特信息来代替,每个PSFCH携带x比特信息,其中N=2时,x=1;N=4时,x=2。即:在所述多个时隙为2个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载1比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识;在所述多个时隙为4个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识。可选地,N=2时,x也可以为2。
Optionally, the N feedback resource positions can be replaced with log 2 N-bit information, and each PSFCH carries x-bit information, where when N=2, x=1; when N=4, x=2. That is: in the case where there are two timeslots, the feedback channel carries 1 bit of information to indicate the feedback status identifier; when there are four timeslots, the feedback channel The feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier. Optionally, when N=2, x may also be 2.
对于不同通信模式的接收终端,多个接收终端传输反馈信息时选择反馈信道的方式不同。其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息。以N=2为例,同一终端在连续两个slot上发送TB1(Transport Block,传输块)和TB2两个传输块的情况,如图3所示,由于两个TB在不同的slot上,并且频域上的子信道位置也可能存在不同,所以不管是单播还是组播的方式二(接收终端均使用独立的反馈信道),都可以为所有的接收终端确定独立的反馈资源,每一对收发终端之间都对应一套独立的反馈资源,单播模式下两个TB对应的反馈信道如图4所示;组播的方式二模式下,以接收终端(User Equipment,UE)为3个为例,两个TB对应的反馈信道如图5所示。For receiving terminals with different communication modes, multiple receiving terminals have different ways of selecting feedback channels when transmitting feedback information. Wherein, when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback information. Taking N=2 as an example, the same terminal sends two transport blocks TB1 (Transport Block) and TB2 on two consecutive slots, as shown in Figure 3, because the two TBs are on different slots, and The position of the sub-channels in the frequency domain may also be different, so whether it is unicast or multicast mode two (receiving terminals use independent feedback channels), independent feedback resources can be determined for all receiving terminals. There is a set of independent feedback resources corresponding to the sending and receiving terminals. The feedback channels corresponding to two TBs in unicast mode are shown in Figure 4; in the second mode of multicast, there are three receiving terminals (User Equipment, UE). As an example, the feedback channels corresponding to two TBs are shown in Figure 5.
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈需要进行数据重传的接收终端发送的所述反馈信息。以N=2,接收终端为3个为例,对于组播方式一,基于NACK-based的反馈如图6所示,所有接收终端共享相同的反馈信道。When the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information sent by the receiving terminal that needs to perform data retransmission. Taking N=2 and three receiving terminals as an example, for multicast mode 1, NACK-based feedback is shown in Fig. 6, and all receiving terminals share the same feedback channel.
当N=4时,同一终端在连续四个slot上发送TB1、TB2、TB3、TB4四个传输块的情况,如图7所示。由于四个TB在不同的slot上,并且频域上的子信道位置也可能存在不同,所以不管是单播unicast还是组播的方式二都可以为所有的接收终端确定独立的反馈信道,每一对收发终端之间都对应一套独立的反馈资源如图8所示。When N=4, the same terminal sends four transmission blocks TB1, TB2, TB3, and TB4 on four consecutive slots, as shown in FIG. 7. Since the four TBs are in different slots, and the sub-channel positions in the frequency domain may also be different, no matter whether it is unicast unicast or multicast mode two, independent feedback channels can be determined for all receiving terminals. Figure 8 shows a set of independent feedback resources corresponding to the receiving and sending terminals.
可选地,所述接收终端内存储有反馈信息与各个传输块的反馈状态的对应关系,所述反馈信息包括:所述反馈信道映射的所述反馈资源位置以及所述反馈信道发送的所述反馈状态标识。需要说明的是,所述发送终端内也存储有与所述接收终端内相同的对应关系。所述接收终端在确定了多个所述传输块的反馈状态后,根据存储的所述对应关系确定将要向发送终端反馈的反馈状态标识,以及发送所述反馈状态标识的位置。所述发送终端获取到所述反馈状态标识后,根据所述反馈状态标识以及获取到所述反馈状态标识的反馈资源位置,对照所述对应关系,确定各个传输块的反馈状态,进而确定是否需要对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传。Optionally, the receiving terminal stores a corresponding relationship between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block, and the feedback information includes: the feedback resource location mapped by the feedback channel and the feedback channel sent by the feedback channel. Feedback status indicator. It should be noted that the same correspondence relationship as that in the receiving terminal is also stored in the sending terminal. After determining the feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks, the receiving terminal determines the feedback status identifier to be fed back to the sending terminal and the location where the feedback status identifier is sent according to the stored correspondence relationship. After acquiring the feedback status identifier, the sending terminal determines the feedback status of each transmission block based on the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location where the feedback status identifier is acquired, and compares the corresponding relationship to determine the feedback status of each transmission block, thereby determining whether it is necessary Data retransmission is performed on each of the transmission blocks.
所述反馈信息与各个传输块的反馈状态的对应关系可以以表格的形式表示,则存储在所述接收终端与存储在所述发送终端内的对应关系表格是完全一致的,这样能够保证接收终端与发送终端准确的在相应反馈资源位置反馈信息或发送数据。需要说明的是,所述对应关系表格中,由于要结合反馈资源位置以及反馈信道承载的反馈状态标识联合指示反馈状态,所以应该保证反馈资源位置应该避开DTX状态的传输块所对应的无法使用的反馈资源位置。The corresponding relationship between the feedback information and the feedback status of each transmission block can be expressed in the form of a table, and the corresponding relationship table stored in the receiving terminal and stored in the sending terminal is completely consistent, which can ensure that the receiving terminal Feed back information or send data accurately at the corresponding feedback resource location with the sending terminal. It should be noted that in the correspondence table, since the feedback resource location and the feedback status identifier carried by the feedback channel are combined to indicate the feedback status, it should be ensured that the feedback resource location should avoid the unusable corresponding to the transmission block in the DTX state. Location of feedback resources.
下面具体说明所述对应关系应满足的条件。The following specifically describes the conditions that the corresponding relationship should meet.
对于在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,可选地,所述对应关系包括:For the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, optionally, the correspondence relationship includes:
1)在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为肯定确认ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态。1) In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the feedback resource location corresponds to the The feedback state of the transmission block is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state.
例如:以多个时隙为2个,即所述传输块为2个为例,两个传输块对应 的反馈资源位置分别为PSFCH1和PSFCH2,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式时,接收终端在PSFCH1/PSFCH2资源上发送反馈信息,反馈信道本身可以承载1比特信息,可以将上述对应关系1)以表格的形式表示,所以反馈状态包含但不限于如下表1:For example: Taking multiple time slots as two, that is, the number of transmission blocks is two as an example, the feedback resource positions corresponding to the two transmission blocks are PSFCH1 and PSFCH2 respectively, and unicast is used between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal. In mode or multicast mode, the receiving terminal sends feedback information on PSFCH1/PSFCH2 resources. The feedback channel itself can carry 1-bit information. The above-mentioned correspondence 1) can be expressed in the form of a table, so the feedback status includes but is not limited to the following table 1:
表1Table 1
反馈状态(TB1,TB2)Feedback status (TB1, TB2) | 对应反馈信息Corresponding feedback information |
ACK,ACKACK, ACK | PSFCH1->1PSFCH1->1 |
ACK,NACK/DTXACK, NACK/DTX | PSFCH1->0PSFCH1->0 |
NACK/DTX,ACKNACK/DTX, ACK | PSFCH2->1PSFCH2->1 |
NACK/DTX,NACK/DTXNACK/DTX, NACK/DTX | 无反馈No feedback |
表1的反馈信息中的第一个信息PSFCH1/PSFCH2代表接收终端所选择的反馈资源位置,第二信息“1”或“0”代表反馈信道自身携带的比特信息,即反馈状态标识,由表1可以看出,所述接收终端在确定两个传输块的反馈状态为ACK和ACK时,需要在反馈资源位置PSFCH1处发送反馈状态标识“1”;所述接收终端在确定两个传输块的反馈状态为ACK,NACK/DTX时,需要在反馈资源位置PSFCH1处发送反馈状态标识“0”;所述接收终端在确定两个传输块的反馈状态为NACK/DTX和NACK/DTX时,不反馈信息。保证了对应关系中所述的反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为肯定确认ACK状态。The first information PSFCH1/PSFCH2 in the feedback information in Table 1 represents the position of the feedback resource selected by the receiving terminal, and the second information "1" or "0" represents the bit information carried by the feedback channel itself, that is, the feedback status identifier, which is determined by the table 1 It can be seen that when the receiving terminal determines that the feedback status of the two transport blocks is ACK and ACK, it needs to send the feedback status identifier "1" at the feedback resource location PSFCH1; the receiving terminal is determining the status of the two transport blocks. When the feedback status is ACK, NACK/DTX, the feedback status identifier "0" needs to be sent at the feedback resource location PSFCH1; when the receiving terminal determines that the feedback status of the two transport blocks is NACK/DTX and NACK/DTX, no feedback information. It is ensured that the feedback status of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location in the corresponding relationship is a positive acknowledgement ACK status.
需要注意的是,接收终端只能在成功解码控制信息的TB所对应的反馈资源上发送反馈,对于反馈状态为NACK/DTX状态的TB来说,接收终端(可能处于DTX状态)不能保证获得反馈资源对应的位置,因此只能在反馈状态为ACK的TB所对应的反馈资源上进行反馈。第一信息可以表示其中一个TB为ACK状态,第二信息可以表示另一个TB的接收状态为“0/1”。但是第二信息也可以为了区分整体检测状态,而不单单表示其中某一TB的反馈状态。It should be noted that the receiving terminal can only send feedback on the feedback resource corresponding to the TB that successfully decodes the control information. For a TB whose feedback status is NACK/DTX, the receiving terminal (which may be in DTX status) cannot guarantee feedback The location corresponding to the resource, therefore, feedback can only be performed on the feedback resource corresponding to the TB whose feedback status is ACK. The first information may indicate that one of the TBs is in the ACK state, and the second information may indicate that the reception state of the other TB is "0/1". However, the second information can also be used to distinguish the overall detection status, rather than simply indicating the feedback status of one of the TBs.
发送终端需要对每一个反馈资源位置进行检测,最终根据检测到反馈状态标识所在的反馈资源位置,以及反馈信道携带的反馈状态标识,通过对照上述表格的对应关系来确定各个TB的反馈状态,NACK/DTX状态表示该 TB需要重新发送;如果发送终端检测所有反馈资源位置均未检测到反馈信息,此时需要对所有TB全部重发;如果DTX是由于发送终端并没有发送数据造成,那么发送终端不会对该状态进行反应。The sending terminal needs to detect the location of each feedback resource, and finally, according to the feedback resource location where the feedback status identifier is detected, and the feedback status identifier carried by the feedback channel, the feedback status of each TB is determined by comparing the corresponding relationship in the above table, NACK The /DTX state indicates that the TB needs to be retransmitted; if the sending terminal detects that no feedback information is detected at all feedback resource locations, all TBs need to be retransmitted at this time; if the DTX is caused by the sending terminal not sending data, then the sending terminal There will be no reaction to this state.
例如:以多个时隙为4个,即所述传输块为4个为例,接收终端在PSFCH1/PSFCH2/PSFCH3/PSFCH4资源上发送反馈状态标识,反馈信道本身可以承载2比特信息,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式时,可以将上述对应关系1)以表格的形式表示,所以反馈状态包含但不限于如下表2:For example: Taking 4 time slots as an example, that is, 4 transmission blocks, the receiving terminal sends the feedback status identifier on the PSFCH1/PSFCH2/PSFCH3/PSFCH4 resource. The feedback channel itself can carry 2 bits of information. When the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the above corresponding relationship 1) can be expressed in the form of a table, so the feedback status includes but is not limited to the following table 2:
表2Table 2
反馈状态(TB1,TB2,TB3,TB4)Feedback status (TB1, TB2, TB3, TB4) | 对应反馈信息Corresponding feedback information |
ACK,ACK,ACK,ACKACK, ACK, ACK, ACK | PSFCH4->11PSFCH4->11 |
ACK,ACK,ACK,NACK/DTXACK, ACK, ACK, NACK/DTX | PSFCH3->11PSFCH3->11 |
ACK,ACK,NACK/DTX,ACKACK, ACK, NACK/DTX, ACK | PSFCH4->10PSFCH4->10 |
ACK,ACK,NACK/DTX,NACK/DTXACK, ACK, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX | PSFCH1->11PSFCH1->11 |
ACK,NACK/DTX,ACK,ACKACK, NACK/DTX, ACK, ACK | PSFCH3->10PSFCH3->10 |
ACK,NACK/DTX,ACK,NACK/DTXACK, NACK/DTX, ACK, NACK/DTX | PSFCH1->10PSFCH1->10 |
ACK,NACK/DTX,NACK/DTX,ACKACK, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, ACK | PSFCH1->01PSFCH1->01 |
ACK,NACK/DTX,NACK/DTX,NACK/DTXACK, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX | PSFCH1->00PSFCH1->00 |
NACK/DTX,ACK,ACK,ACKNACK/DTX, ACK, ACK, ACK | PSFCH2->11PSFCH2->11 |
NACK/DTX,ACK,ACK,NACK/DTXNACK/DTX, ACK, ACK, NACK/DTX | PSFCH2->10PSFCH2->10 |
NACK/DTX,ACK,NACK/DTX,ACKNACK/DTX, ACK, NACK/DTX, ACK | PSFCH2->01PSFCH2->01 |
NACK/DTX,ACK,NACK/DTX,NACK/DTXNACK/DTX, ACK, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX | PSFCH2->00PSFCH2->00 |
NACK/DTX,NACK/DTX,ACK,ACKNACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, ACK, ACK | PSFCH3->01PSFCH3->01 |
NACK/DTX,NACK/DTX,ACK,NACK/DTXNACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, ACK, NACK/DTX | PSFCH3->00PSFCH3->00 |
NACK/DTX,NACK/DTX,NACK/DTX,ACKNACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, ACK | PSFCH4->00PSFCH4->00 |
NACK/DTX,NACK/DTX,NACK/DTX,NACK/DTXNACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX | 无反馈No feedback |
表2的反馈信息中的前半部分信息代表接收终端所选择的反馈资源位置,后半部分2比特信息代表反馈信道自身携带的比特信息,即反馈状态标识。由表2可以看出,所述接收终端在确定四个传输块的反馈状态为ACK、ACK、 ACK、ACK时,需要在反馈资源位置PSFCH4处发送反馈标识“11”;所述接收终端在确定两个传输块的反馈状态为ACK、ACK、ACK、NACK/DTX时,需要在反馈资源位置PSFCH3处发送反馈状态标识“11”等等,这里的2比特反馈状态标识信息与所述反馈资源位置共同指示四个传输块的反馈状态。表2中包含的对应关系保证了所述的反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为肯定确认ACK状态。这样才能够保证接收终端一直正确的选择发送反馈的资源位置。如果反馈资源位置对应的TB接收状态为NACK/DTX,在实际接收终端反馈的过程中如果遇到该TB接收状态为DTX,接收终端是无法在该TB所对应的反馈资源位置发送反馈,进而导致反馈出现错误。The first half of the feedback information in Table 2 represents the location of the feedback resource selected by the receiving terminal, and the second half of the 2-bit information represents the bit information carried by the feedback channel itself, that is, the feedback status identifier. It can be seen from Table 2 that when the receiving terminal determines that the feedback status of the four transport blocks is ACK, ACK, ACK, ACK, it needs to send the feedback identifier "11" at the feedback resource location PSFCH4; When the feedback status of the two transport blocks is ACK, ACK, ACK, NACK/DTX, it is necessary to send the feedback status identifier "11" and so on at the feedback resource location PSFCH3, where the 2-bit feedback status identifier information and the feedback resource location It collectively indicates the feedback status of the four transport blocks. The correspondence relationship contained in Table 2 ensures that the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is a positive acknowledgement ACK state. Only in this way can it be ensured that the receiving terminal always correctly selects the resource location for sending feedback. If the receiving state of the TB corresponding to the feedback resource location is NACK/DTX, if the receiving terminal encounters that the receiving state of the TB is DTX during the actual feedback of the receiving terminal, the receiving terminal cannot send feedback at the feedback resource location corresponding to the TB, resulting in There was an error in the feedback.
发送终端需要对每一个反馈资源位置进行检测,最终根据检测到反馈状态标识所在的反馈资源位置,以及反馈信道携带的反馈状态标识,通过对照上述表2的对应关系来确定各个TB的接收状态,NACK/DTX状态表示该TB需要重新发送;如果发送终端检测所有反馈资源位置均未检测到反馈信息,此时需要对所有TB全部重发。The sending terminal needs to detect the location of each feedback resource, and finally, according to the feedback resource location where the feedback status identifier is detected, and the feedback status identifier carried by the feedback channel, the receiving status of each TB is determined by comparing the corresponding relationship in Table 2 above. The NACK/DTX state indicates that the TB needs to be retransmitted; if the sending terminal detects that no feedback information is detected at all the feedback resource locations, all TBs need to be retransmitted at this time.
可选地,对于上述对应关系1),在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中,不存在ACK状态,仅存在NACK和DTX,则此时可以利用NACK状态的传输块对应的反馈资源位置发送反馈状态标识。那么在N=2时,此时可以将上述对应关系1)以表格的形式表示为如下表3,所以反馈状态包含但不限于如下表3:Optionally, for the above-mentioned correspondence 1), in the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, The feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK state. If there is no ACK state among the multiple feedback states of the transport block, and only NACK and DTX exist, then the NACK state can be used for transmission at this time The feedback resource location corresponding to the block sends the feedback status identifier. Then when N=2, the above corresponding relationship 1) can be expressed as the following Table 3 in the form of a table at this time, so the feedback status includes but is not limited to the following Table 3:
表3table 3
反馈状态(TB1,TB2)Feedback status (TB1, TB2) | 对应反馈信息Corresponding feedback information |
ACK,ACKACK, ACK | PSFCH1->0PSFCH1->0 |
ACK,NACK/DTXACK, NACK/DTX | PSFCH1->1PSFCH1->1 |
NACK/DTX,ACKNACK/DTX, ACK | PSFCH2->1PSFCH2->1 |
NACK/DTX,NACKNACK/DTX, NACK | PSFCH2->0PSFCH2->0 |
NACK/DTX,DTXNACK/DTX, DTX | 不反馈No feedback |
在N=4时,此时可以将上述对应关系1)以表格的形式表示为如下表4, 所以反馈状态包含但不限于如下表4:When N=4, the above-mentioned corresponding relationship 1) can be expressed as the following Table 4 in the form of a table at this time, so the feedback status includes but is not limited to the following Table 4:
表4Table 4
反馈状态(TB1,TB2,TB3,TB4)Feedback status (TB1, TB2, TB3, TB4) | 对应反馈信息Corresponding feedback information |
ACK,ACK,ACK,ACKACK, ACK, ACK, ACK | PSFCH4->00PSFCH4->00 |
ACK,ACK,ACK,NACK/DTXACK, ACK, ACK, NACK/DTX | PSFCH3->00PSFCH3->00 |
ACK,ACK,NACK/DTX,ACKACK, ACK, NACK/DTX, ACK | PSFCH4->01PSFCH4->01 |
ACK,ACK,NACK/DTX,NACK/DTXACK, ACK, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX | PSFCH1->00PSFCH1->00 |
ACK,NACK/DTX,ACK,ACKACK, NACK/DTX, ACK, ACK | PSFCH3->01PSFCH3->01 |
ACK,NACK/DTX,ACK,NACK/DTXACK, NACK/DTX, ACK, NACK/DTX | PSFCH1->01PSFCH1->01 |
ACK,NACK/DTX,NACK/DTX,ACKACK, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, ACK | PSFCH1->10PSFCH1->10 |
ACK,NACK/DTX,NACK/DTX,NACK/DTXACK, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX | PSFCH1->11PSFCH1->11 |
NACK/DTX,ACK,ACK,ACKNACK/DTX, ACK, ACK, ACK | PSFCH2->00PSFCH2->00 |
NACK/DTX,ACK,ACK,NACK/DTXNACK/DTX, ACK, ACK, NACK/DTX | PSFCH2->01PSFCH2->01 |
NACK/DTX,ACK,NACK/DTX,ACKNACK/DTX, ACK, NACK/DTX, ACK | PSFCH2->10PSFCH2->10 |
NACK/DTX,ACK,NACK/DTX,NACK/DTXNACK/DTX, ACK, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX | PSFCH2->11PSFCH2->11 |
NACK/DTX,NACK/DTX,ACK,ACKNACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, ACK, ACK | PSFCH3->10PSFCH3->10 |
NACK/DTX,NACK/DTX,ACK,NACK/DTXNACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, ACK, NACK/DTX | PSFCH3->11PSFCH3->11 |
NACK/DTX,NACK/DTX,NACK/DTX,ACKNACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, ACK | PSFCH4->11PSFCH4->11 |
NACK/DTX,NACK/DTX,NACK/DTX,NACKNACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, NACK | PSFCH4->10PSFCH4->10 |
NACK/DTX,NACK/DTX,NACK/DTX,DTXNACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, DTX | 不反馈No feedback |
上述表3和表4均满足所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中,不存在ACK状态,仅存在NACK和DTX,则此时可以利用NACK状态的传输块对应的反馈资源位置发送反馈状态标识。The foregoing Tables 3 and 4 both satisfy that in the case where the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the transmitting terminal, the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK state, If there is no ACK state and only NACK and DTX among the feedback states of the multiple transmission blocks, then the feedback resource position corresponding to the transmission block in the NACK state can be used to send the feedback state identifier at this time.
2)在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK 状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;2) Mode 2 in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3 If there is an ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, the feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, The feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if a plurality of the transmission blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
此外,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若3个所述传输块全部需要进行数据重传,所述反馈状态标识为第一预设状态标识;若3个所述传输块均未成功解码控制信息,不发送所述传输块的反馈状态标识。In addition, when the second method in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3 If all the three transmission blocks require data retransmission, the feedback status identifier is the first preset status identifier; if none of the three transmission blocks successfully decode the control information, the feedback of the transmission block is not sent Status identification.
例如:对于N=4的情况,可以限制每个发送终端在每个周期内最大发送TB个数为3,此时3个TB对应三个相应的反馈资源位置;接收终端在PSFCH1/PSFCH2/PSFCH3资源上发送反馈信息,反馈信道本身可以承载2比特信息,可以将上述对应关系2)以表格的形式表示,所以反馈状态包含但不限于如下表5:For example: for the case of N=4, the maximum number of TBs sent by each sending terminal in each cycle can be limited to 3. At this time, 3 TBs correspond to three corresponding feedback resource positions; the receiving terminal is in PSFCH1/PSFCH2/PSFCH3 The feedback information is sent on the resource. The feedback channel itself can carry 2 bits of information, and the above-mentioned corresponding relationship 2) can be expressed in the form of a table, so the feedback status includes but is not limited to the following Table 5:
表5table 5
To | 反馈状态(TB1,TB2,TB3)Feedback status (TB1, TB2, TB3) | 对应反馈信息Corresponding feedback information |
11 | ACK,ACK,ACKACK, ACK, ACK | PSFCH1->00PSFCH1->00 |
22 | ACK,ACK,NACK/DTXACK, ACK, NACK/DTX | PSFCH2->00PSFCH2->00 |
33 | ACK,NACK/DTX,ACKACK, NACK/DTX, ACK | PSFCH1->01PSFCH1->01 |
44 | NACK/DTX,ACK,ACKNACK/DTX, ACK, ACK | PSFCH2->01PSFCH2->01 |
55 | NACK/DTX,NACK/DTX,ACKNACK/DTX, NACK/DTX, ACK | PSFCH3->00PSFCH3->00 |
66 | NACK/DTX,ACK,NACK/DTXNACK/DTX, ACK, NACK/DTX | PSFCH2->10PSFCH2->10 |
77 | ACK,NACK/DTX,NACK/DTXACK, NACK/DTX, NACK/DTX | PSFCH1->10PSFCH1->10 |
88 | NACK,NACK,NACKNACK, NACK, NACK | PSFCH1->11PSFCH1->11 |
99 | NACK,NACK,DTXNACK, NACK, DTX | PSFCH1->11PSFCH1->11 |
1010 | NACK,DTX,NACKNACK, DTX, NACK | PSFCH1->11PSFCH1->11 |
1111 | DTX,NACK,NACKDTX, NACK, NACK | PSFCH2->11PSFCH2->11 |
1212 | DTX,DTX,NACKDTX, DTX, NACK | PSFCH3->11PSFCH3->11 |
1313 | DTX,NACK,DTXDTX, NACK, DTX | PSFCH2->11PSFCH2->11 |
1414 | NACK,DTX,DTXNACK, DTX, DTX | PSFCH1->11PSFCH1->11 |
1515 | DTX,DTX,DTXDTX, DTX, DTX | 无反馈No feedback |
表5中编号1-7部分,满足上述对应关系2)中所述的若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK状态。对于表5中编号8-14部分,由于都是需要全部TB进行重传的状态,唯一区别在于只能在反馈状态为ACK和NACK的TB(成功解码控制信息)所对应的位置进行反馈,所以只需要选择不同的反馈资源位置,但是反馈信道均承载相同的第一预设状态标识即可,该示例中,以所述第一预设状态标识为“11”为例。The parts numbered 1-7 in Table 5 satisfy the above-mentioned corresponding relationship 2) if there is an ACK state in the feedback states of multiple transport blocks, the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is ACK status. For the parts numbered 8-14 in Table 5, since all TBs are required to be retransmitted, the only difference is that feedback can only be done at the position corresponding to the TB (successful decoding control information) whose feedback status is ACK and NACK, so It is only necessary to select different feedback resource locations, but the feedback channels all carry the same first preset state identifier. In this example, the first preset state identifier is "11" as an example.
发送终端需要对每一个反馈资源位置进行检测,最终根据检测到反馈状态标识所在的反馈资源位置,以及反馈信道携带的反馈状态标识,通过对照上述表5中的对应关系来确定各个TB的接收状态,NACK/DTX状态表示该TB需要重新发送;如果发送终端检测所有反馈资源位置均未检测到反馈信息,此时需要对所有TB全部重发;或者不论在哪个反馈资源位置,只要检测到状态反馈信道携带的信息状态为第一预设状态标识“11”,同样需要对所有TB进行重传。The sending terminal needs to detect the location of each feedback resource, and finally determine the receiving status of each TB by comparing the corresponding relationship in Table 5 above according to the feedback resource location where the feedback status identifier is detected and the feedback status identifier carried by the feedback channel. , NACK/DTX status indicates that the TB needs to be retransmitted; if the sending terminal detects that no feedback information is detected at all the feedback resource locations, it needs to retransmit all TBs at this time; or no matter which feedback resource location, as long as the status feedback is detected The information state carried by the channel is the first preset state identifier "11", and it is also necessary to retransmit all TBs.
3)在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为ACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态。3) When the second method in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transport block groups, the feedback resource location corresponds to all The feedback state of the transport block group is an ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback states of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state.
对于N=4的情况,可以将四个传输块两两配对,划分为两个大的传输块组TBa和TBb,接收终端基于两个大的传输块组进行反馈,如图9所示。For the case of N=4, the four transmission blocks can be paired in pairs and divided into two large transmission block groups TBa and TBb, and the receiving terminal performs feedback based on the two large transmission block groups, as shown in FIG. 9.
例如:接收终端在PSFCH1/PSFCH2/PSFCH3/PSFCH4资源上发送反馈信息,反馈信道本身可以承载1比特信息,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式时,可以将上述对应关系3)以表格的形式表示,所以反馈状态包含但不限于如下表6:For example: the receiving terminal sends feedback information on the PSFCH1/PSFCH2/PSFCH3/PSFCH4 resources, and the feedback channel itself can carry 1 bit of information. When unicast mode or multicast mode is used between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the above Correspondence 3) is expressed in the form of a table, so the feedback status includes but is not limited to the following table 6:
表6Table 6
反馈状态(TBa,TBb)Feedback status (TBa, TBb) | 对应反馈信息Corresponding feedback information |
ACK,ACKACK, ACK | PSFCH1/PSFCH2->1PSFCH1/PSFCH2->1 |
ACK,NACK/DTXACK, NACK/DTX | PSFCH1/PSFCH2->0PSFCH1/PSFCH2->0 |
NACK/DTX,ACKNACK/DTX, ACK | PSFCH3/PSFCH4->1PSFCH3/PSFCH4->1 |
NACK/DTX,NACK/DTXNACK/DTX, NACK/DTX | 无反馈No feedback |
表6的反馈信息中的前半部分信息代表接收终端所选择的反馈资源位置,后半部分1比特信息代表反馈信道自身携带的比特信息,即反馈状态标识。需要注意的是,接收终端只能在成功解码控制信息的TB所对应的反馈资源上发送反馈,对于反馈状态为NACK/DTX状态的TB来说,接收终端(可能处于DTX状态)不能保证获得反馈资源对应的位置,因此只能在反馈状态为ACK的TB所对应的反馈资源上进行反馈。上述表6中的对应关系满足了所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为ACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态。The first half of the feedback information in Table 6 represents the location of the feedback resource selected by the receiving terminal, and the second half of 1-bit information represents the bit information carried by the feedback channel itself, that is, the feedback status identifier. It should be noted that the receiving terminal can only send feedback on the feedback resource corresponding to the TB that successfully decodes the control information. For a TB whose feedback status is NACK/DTX, the receiving terminal (which may be in DTX status) cannot guarantee feedback The location corresponding to the resource, therefore, feedback can only be performed on the feedback resource corresponding to the TB whose feedback status is ACK. The correspondence in Table 6 above satisfies that the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information There is no feedback state.
需要说明的是,所述传输块组的反馈状态根据所述传输块组内包含的传输块的反馈状态确定;其中,在所述传输块组内的至少一个传输块需要发送终端进行数据重传的情况下,所述传输块组的反馈状态标识指示需要发送终端对所述传输块组进行数据重传。即,对于每个传输块组TBa或者TBb来说,只要其中任意一个子块状态为NACK或者DTX,那么整个传输块组就需要整体进行重传。另外TB1以及TB2对应的反馈资源均可以用来指示TBa,同样TB3和TB4对应的反馈资源也均可以用来指示TBb。具体选择哪一个反馈资源不做保护,可以是随机选择。It should be noted that the feedback status of the transmission block group is determined according to the feedback status of the transmission blocks included in the transmission block group; wherein at least one transmission block in the transmission block group requires the sending terminal to perform data retransmission In the case of, the feedback status identifier of the transmission block group indicates that the sending terminal needs to retransmit the data of the transmission block group. That is, for each transmission block group TBa or TBb, as long as any one of the sub-blocks is in NACK or DTX status, the entire transmission block group needs to be retransmitted as a whole. In addition, the feedback resources corresponding to TB1 and TB2 can both be used to indicate TBa, and the feedback resources corresponding to TB3 and TB4 can also be used to indicate TBb. The specific choice of which feedback resource is not to be protected can be randomly selected.
发送终端需要对每一个反馈资源位置进行检测,最终根据检测到反馈状态标识所在的反馈资源位置,以及反馈信道携带的反馈状态标识,通过对照上述表4中的对应关系来确定各个TB的接收状态,NACK/DTX状态表示该TB需要重新发送;如果发送终端检测所有反馈资源位置均未检测到反馈信息,此时需要对所有TB全部重发。The sending terminal needs to detect the location of each feedback resource, and finally determine the receiving status of each TB by comparing the corresponding relationship in the above table 4 according to the feedback resource location where the feedback status identifier is detected and the feedback status identifier carried by the feedback channel. , NACK/DTX status indicates that the TB needs to be retransmitted; if the sending terminal detects that no feedback information is detected at all feedback resource locations, it needs to retransmit all TBs at this time.
需要说明的是,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈状态标识。It should be noted that when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier.
可选地,在所述多个时隙为2个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识;在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二的情况下,所述对应关系包括:所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK或者NACK状态,若多个所述传 输块的反馈状态均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈状态标识。Optionally, in the case that there are two time slots in the plurality of time slots, the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information to indicate the feedback status identifier; a unicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal Or in the case of the second method in the multicast mode, the correspondence relationship includes: the feedback status of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK or NACK status, and if the feedback status of the multiple transport blocks is all DTX state, the feedback information is in a non-feedback state; wherein, when the method 2 in unicast mode or multicast mode is used between the receiving terminal and the transmitting terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the information. The feedback status identification.
例如:在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,以多个时隙为2个,即所述传输块为2个,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息为例,两个传输块对应的反馈资源位置分别为PSFCH1和PSFCH2,则可以将上述对应关系以表格的形式表示,反馈状态包含但不限于如下表7:For example, the second method in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of time slots is two, that is, the number of transmission blocks is two, and the feedback channel carries 2 bits. Take the information as an example, the feedback resource positions corresponding to the two transport blocks are PSFCH1 and PSFCH2 respectively, and the above corresponding relationship can be expressed in the form of a table. The feedback status includes but is not limited to the following Table 7:
表7Table 7
反馈状态(TB1,TB2)Feedback status (TB1, TB2) | 对应反馈信息Corresponding feedback information |
ACK,ACKACK, ACK | PSFCH1->00PSFCH1->00 |
ACK,NACKACK, NACK | PSFCH1->01PSFCH1->01 |
NACK,ACKNACK, ACK | PSFCH2->00PSFCH2->00 |
NACK,NACKNACK, NACK | PSFCH2->01PSFCH2->01 |
ACK,DTXACK, DTX | PSFCH1->10PSFCH1->10 |
DTX,ACKDTX, ACK | PSFCH2->10PSFCH2->10 |
NACK,DTXNACK, DTX | PSFCH1->11PSFCH1->11 |
DTX,NACKDTX, NACK | PSFCH2->11PSFCH2->11 |
DTX,DTXDTX, DTX | 无反馈No feedback |
表7为所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,N=2,反馈信道承载2比特信息时的对应关系。表7的反馈信息中的第一个信息PSFCH1/PSFCH2代表接收终端所选择的反馈资源位置,第二信息“00”“10”等代表反馈信道自身携带的比特信息,即反馈状态标识。在反馈状态存在ACK/NACK状态时,所述接收终端可以任意选择ACK或NACK状态的传输块对应的反馈资源位置发送反馈信息。Table 7 shows the correspondence between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal in the unicast mode or the multicast mode in the second mode, N=2, and the corresponding relationship when the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information. The first information PSFCH1/PSFCH2 in the feedback information in Table 7 represents the location of the feedback resource selected by the receiving terminal, and the second information "00", "10" and so on represents the bit information carried by the feedback channel itself, that is, the feedback status identifier. When there is an ACK/NACK state in the feedback state, the receiving terminal can arbitrarily select the feedback resource location corresponding to the transport block in the ACK or NACK state to send the feedback information.
需要注意的是,接收终端只能在成功解码控制信息的TB所对应的反馈资源上发送反馈信息,第二信息为了区分整体反馈状态,而不单单表示其中某一TB的反馈状态;发送终端需要对每一个反馈资源位置进行检测,最终根据检测到反馈状态标识所在的反馈资源位置,以及反馈信道携带的反馈状态标识,通过对照上述表7中的对应关系来确定各个TB的接收状态, NACK/DTX状态表示该TB需要重新发送;如果发送终端检测所有反馈资源位置均未检测到反馈信息,此时需要对所有TB全部重发;如果DTX是由于发送终端并没有发送数据造成,那么发送终端不会对该状态进行反应。It should be noted that the receiving terminal can only send feedback information on the feedback resource corresponding to the TB that successfully decodes the control information. The second information is to distinguish the overall feedback status, not just the feedback status of one of the TBs; the sending terminal needs The location of each feedback resource is detected, and finally according to the feedback resource location where the feedback status identifier is detected, and the feedback status identifier carried by the feedback channel, the reception status of each TB is determined by comparing the corresponding relationship in Table 7 above, NACK/ The DTX state indicates that the TB needs to be retransmitted; if the sending terminal detects that no feedback information is detected at all the feedback resource locations, all TBs need to be retransmitted at this time; if the DTX is caused by the sending terminal not sending data, then the sending terminal does not Will react to this state.
以上通过具体实施例说明了对于所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述对应关系应满足的条件,下面说明对于所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,所述对应关系应满足的条件。The above specific embodiments illustrate the conditions that the corresponding relationship should meet for the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal. The following describes the relationship between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal. For a time when the multicast mode is adopted, the corresponding relationship should meet the conditions.
对于所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,可选地,所述对应关系包括:For the first approach in which the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, optionally, the correspondence relationship includes:
4)在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为否定确认NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态。4) In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position To negatively acknowledge the NACK state, if the NACK state does not exist in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state.
例如:在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,以多个时隙为2个,即所述传输块为2个为例,两个传输块对应的反馈资源位置分别为PSFCH1和PSFCH2,此种通信模式下,接收终端只有检测到反馈状态为NACK时才会在PSFCH1/PSFCH2资源上发送反馈信息,反馈信道本身可以承载1比特信息,可以将上述对应关系4)以表格的形式表示,所以反馈状态包含但不限于如下表8:For example, the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal. The number of time slots is two, that is, the number of transmission blocks is two. The feedback resource positions corresponding to the two transmission blocks are respectively PSFCH1 and PSFCH2. In this communication mode, the receiving terminal will only send feedback information on the PSFCH1/PSFCH2 resources when it detects that the feedback status is NACK. The feedback channel itself can carry 1 bit of information. The above-mentioned corresponding relationship 4) can be It is expressed in the form of a table, so the feedback status includes but not limited to the following table 8:
表8Table 8
反馈状态(TB1,TB2)Feedback status (TB1, TB2) | 对应反馈信息Corresponding feedback information |
NACK,NACKNACK, NACK | PSFCH1->1PSFCH1->1 |
NACK,ACK/DTXNACK, ACK/DTX | PSFCH1->0PSFCH1->0 |
ACK/DTX,NACKACK/DTX, NACK | PSFCH2->1PSFCH2->1 |
ACK/DTX,ACK/DTXACK/DTX, ACK/DTX | 无反馈No feedback |
表8的反馈信息中的第一个信息PSFCH1/PSFCH2代表接收终端所选择的反馈资源位置,第二信息表示反馈信道自身携带的比特信息,即反馈状态标识。需要说明的是,接收终端只能在成功解码控制信息的TB所对应的反馈资源上发送反馈信息,对于反馈状态为ACK/DTX状态的TB来说,接收 终端(可能处于DTX状态)不能保证获得反馈资源对应的位置,因此只能在反馈状态为NACK的TB所对应的反馈资源上进行反馈。上述表8保证了对应关系4)中所述的所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态。The first information PSFCH1/PSFCH2 in the feedback information in Table 8 represents the location of the feedback resource selected by the receiving terminal, and the second information represents the bit information carried by the feedback channel itself, that is, the feedback status identifier. It should be noted that the receiving terminal can only send feedback information on the feedback resource corresponding to the TB that successfully decodes the control information. For a TB whose feedback status is ACK/DTX, the receiving terminal (which may be in the DTX state) cannot guarantee the acquisition. The location corresponding to the feedback resource, therefore, feedback can only be performed on the feedback resource corresponding to the TB whose feedback status is NACK. The foregoing Table 8 ensures that the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location in the corresponding relationship 4) is the NACK state.
发送终端需要对每一个反馈资源位置进行检测,最终汇总所有检测到反馈状态标识所在的反馈资源位置,以及相应反馈信道携带的反馈状态标识,通过对照表8中的对应关系来确定各个TB的接收状态,NACK状态表示该TB需要重新发送,只要检测状态中的存在NACK状态,那么对应TB就需要对所有接收终端重新发送该TB;如果发送终端检测所有反馈资源位置均未检测到反馈状态标识,此时不需要进行重传。The sending terminal needs to detect the location of each feedback resource, and finally summarize all the feedback resource locations where the feedback status identifier is detected, and the feedback status identifier carried by the corresponding feedback channel, and determine the reception of each TB by comparing the corresponding relationship in Table 8. Status, NACK status indicates that the TB needs to be retransmitted. As long as there is a NACK status in the detection status, the corresponding TB needs to retransmit the TB to all receiving terminals; if the sending terminal detects that all feedback resource locations have not detected the feedback status identifier, No retransmission is required at this time.
例如:在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,以多个时隙为4个,即所述传输块为4个为例,接收终端只有检测到反馈状态为NACK时在PSFCH1/PSFCH2/PSFCH3/PSFCH4资源上发送反馈状态标识,反馈信道本身可以承载2比特信息,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,可以将上述对应关系4)以表格的形式表示,所以反馈状态包含但不限于如下表9:For example: Method 1 of multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal. Taking 4 time slots as an example, that is, 4 transmission blocks, the receiving terminal only detects that the feedback status is NACK The feedback status identifier is sent on the PSFCH1/PSFCH2/PSFCH3/PSFCH4 resources. The feedback channel itself can carry 2 bits of information. When the multicast mode is used between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the above-mentioned corresponding relationship 4) can be It is expressed in the form of a table, so the feedback status includes but not limited to the following table 9:
表9Table 9
反馈状态(TB1,TB2,TB3,TB4)Feedback status (TB1, TB2, TB3, TB4) | 对应反馈信息Corresponding feedback information |
NACK,NACK,NACK,NACKNACK, NACK, NACK, NACK | PSFCH4->11PSFCH4->11 |
NACK,NACK,NACK,ACK/DTXNACK, NACK, NACK, ACK/DTX | PSFCH3->11PSFCH3->11 |
NACK,NACK,ACK/DTX,NACKNACK, NACK, ACK/DTX, NACK | PSFCH4->10PSFCH4->10 |
NACK,NACK,ACK/DTX,ACK/DTXNACK, NACK, ACK/DTX, ACK/DTX | PSFCH1->11PSFCH1->11 |
NACK,ACK/DTX,NACK,NACKNACK, ACK/DTX, NACK, NACK | PSFCH3->10PSFCH3->10 |
NACK,ACK/DTX,NACK,ACK/DTXNACK, ACK/DTX, NACK, ACK/DTX | PSFCH1->10PSFCH1->10 |
NACK,ACK/DTX,ACK/DTX,NACKNACK, ACK/DTX, ACK/DTX, NACK | PSFCH1->01PSFCH1->01 |
NACK,ACK/DTX,ACK/DTX,ACK/DTXNACK, ACK/DTX, ACK/DTX, ACK/DTX | PSFCH1->00PSFCH1->00 |
ACK/DTX,NACK,NACK,NACKACK/DTX, NACK, NACK, NACK | PSFCH2->11PSFCH2->11 |
ACK/DTX,NACK,NACK,ACK/DTXACK/DTX, NACK, NACK, ACK/DTX | PSFCH2->10PSFCH2->10 |
ACK/DTX,NACK,ACK/DTX,NACKACK/DTX, NACK, ACK/DTX, NACK | PSFCH2->01PSFCH2->01 |
ACK/DTX,NACK,ACK/DTX,ACK/DTXACK/DTX, NACK, ACK/DTX, ACK/DTX | PSFCH2->00PSFCH2->00 |
ACK/DTX,ACK/DTX,NACK,NACKACK/DTX, ACK/DTX, NACK, NACK | PSFCH3->01PSFCH3->01 |
ACK/DTX,ACK/DTX,NACK,ACK/DTXACK/DTX, ACK/DTX, NACK, ACK/DTX | PSFCH3->00PSFCH3->00 |
ACK/DTX,ACK/DTX,ACK/DTX,NACKACK/DTX, ACK/DTX, ACK/DTX, NACK | PSFCH4->00PSFCH4->00 |
ACK/DTX,ACK/DTX,ACK/DTX,ACK/DTXACK/DTX, ACK/DTX, ACK/DTX, ACK/DTX | 无反馈No feedback |
表9中反馈信息中的前半部分信息代表接收终端所选择的反馈资源位置,后半部分2比特信息代表反馈信道自身携带的比特信息,即反馈状态标识。表9中包含上述对应关系4)中所述的反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态。这样才能够保证接收终端一直正确的选择发送反馈的资源位置。如果反馈资源位置对应的TB接收状态为ACK/DTX,在实际接收终端反馈的过程中如果遇到该TB接收状态为DTX,接收终端是无法在该TB所对应的反馈资源位置发送反馈,进而导致反馈出现错误。The first half of the feedback information in Table 9 represents the location of the feedback resource selected by the receiving terminal, and the second half of the 2-bit information represents the bit information carried by the feedback channel itself, that is, the feedback status identifier. Table 9 contains that the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource position described in the foregoing correspondence 4) is the NACK state. Only in this way can it be ensured that the receiving terminal always correctly selects the resource location for sending feedback. If the receiving state of the TB corresponding to the feedback resource location is ACK/DTX, if the receiving terminal encounters that the receiving state of the TB is DTX in the actual feedback process of the receiving terminal, the receiving terminal cannot send feedback at the feedback resource location corresponding to the TB, which leads to There was an error in the feedback.
发送终端需要对每一个反馈资源位置进行检测,最终汇总所有检测到反馈信息所在的反馈资源位置,以及相应反馈信道携带的反馈状态标识,通过对照表9中的对应关系来确定各个TB的接收状态,NACK状态表示该TB需要重新发送,只要检测状态中存在NACK状态,那么对应TB就需要对所有接收终端重新发送该TB;如果发送终端检测所有反馈资源位置均未检测到反馈信息,此时不需要进行重传。The sending terminal needs to detect the location of each feedback resource, and finally summarize all the feedback resource locations where the feedback information is detected, and the feedback status identifier carried by the corresponding feedback channel, and determine the receiving status of each TB by comparing the corresponding relationship in Table 9 , The NACK state means that the TB needs to be retransmitted. As long as there is a NACK state in the detection state, the corresponding TB needs to retransmit the TB to all receiving terminals; if the sending terminal detects that no feedback information is detected at all the feedback resource locations, it is not Need to retransmit.
5)在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在NACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态。5) Method 1 of the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if multiple all There is a NACK state in the feedback state of the transport block, the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information There is no feedback state.
例如:在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,对于N=4的情况,可以限制每个发送终端在每个周期内最大发送TB个数为3,此时3个TB对应三个相应的反馈资源位置;接收终端只有检测状态为NACK时才会在PSFCH1/PSFCH2/PSFCH3资源上发送反馈信息,反馈信道本身可以承载2比特信息,可以将上述对应关系5)以表格的形式表示,所以反馈状态包含但不限于如下表10:For example: the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal. For the case of N=4, the maximum number of TBs sent by each sending terminal in each cycle can be limited to 3. At this time, 3 TB corresponds to three corresponding feedback resource positions; the receiving terminal will only send feedback information on PSFCH1/PSFCH2/PSFCH3 resources when the detection status is NACK. The feedback channel itself can carry 2 bits of information. The above corresponding relationship 5) can be shown in the table , So the feedback status includes but is not limited to the following table 10:
表10Table 10
To | 反馈状态(TB1,TB2,TB3)Feedback status (TB1, TB2, TB3) | 对应反馈信息Corresponding feedback information |
11 | NACK,NACK,NACKNACK, NACK, NACK | PSFCH1->00PSFCH1->00 |
22 | NACK,NACK,ACK/DTXNACK, NACK, ACK/DTX | PSFCH2->00PSFCH2->00 |
33 | NACK,ACK/DTX,NACKNACK, ACK/DTX, NACK | PSFCH1->01PSFCH1->01 |
44 | ACK/DTX,NACK,NACKACK/DTX, NACK, NACK | PSFCH2->01PSFCH2->01 |
55 | ACK/DTX,ACK/DTX,NACKACK/DTX, ACK/DTX, NACK | PSFCH3->00PSFCH3->00 |
66 | ACK/DTX,NACK,ACK/DTXACK/DTX, NACK, ACK/DTX | PSFCH2->10PSFCH2->10 |
77 | NACK,ACK/DTX,ACK/DTXNACK, ACK/DTX, ACK/DTX | PSFCH1->10PSFCH1->10 |
88 | ACK/DTX,ACK/DTX,ACK/DTXACK/DTX, ACK/DTX, ACK/DTX | 无反馈No feedback |
表10中编号1-7部分,满足上述对应关系5)中所述的若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在NACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态。The parts numbered 1-7 in Table 10 satisfy the above corresponding relationship 5). If there is a NACK state in the feedback states of multiple transport blocks, the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is NACK status.
发送终端需要对每一个反馈资源位置进行检测,最终汇总所有检测到反馈状态标识所在的反馈资源位置,以及相应反馈信道携带的反馈状态标识,通过对照上述表10中的对应关系来确定各个TB的接收状态,NACK状态表示该TB需要重新发送,只要检测状态中的存在NACK状态,那么对应TB就需要对所有接收终端重新发送该TB;如果发送终端检测所有反馈资源位置均未检测到反馈信息,此时不需要进行重传。The sending terminal needs to detect the location of each feedback resource, and finally summarize all the feedback resource locations where the feedback status identifier is detected, and the feedback status identifier carried by the corresponding feedback channel, and determine the corresponding relationship of each TB by comparing the corresponding relationship in Table 10 above. In the receiving state, the NACK state indicates that the TB needs to be retransmitted. As long as the NACK state exists in the detection state, the corresponding TB needs to retransmit the TB to all receiving terminals; if the sending terminal detects that no feedback information is detected at all the feedback resource locations, No retransmission is required at this time.
6)在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为NACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态。6) In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transport block groups, the position of the feedback resource corresponding to the transport block group The feedback state is the NACK state. If the NACK state does not exist in the feedback states of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is the no feedback state.
对于N=4的情况,可以将四个传输块两两配对,划分为两个大的传输块组TBa和TBb,接收终端基于两个大的传输块组进行反馈,如图9所示。For the case of N=4, the four transmission blocks can be paired in pairs and divided into two large transmission block groups TBa and TBb, and the receiving terminal performs feedback based on the two large transmission block groups, as shown in FIG. 9.
例如:在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,接收终端只有检测到NACK状态时才会在PSFCH1/PSFCH2/PSFCH3/PSFCH4资源上发送反馈信息,反馈信道本身可以承载1比特信息,可以将上述对应关系6)以表格的形式表示,所以反馈状态包含但不限于如下表11:For example: Method 1 of multicast mode is used between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal. The receiving terminal will only send feedback information on the PSFCH1/PSFCH2/PSFCH3/PSFCH4 resource when it detects the NACK state. The feedback channel itself can carry 1 Bit information can be expressed in the form of the above corresponding relationship 6), so the feedback status includes but is not limited to the following Table 11:
表11Table 11
反馈状态(TBa,TBb)Feedback status (TBa, TBb) | 对应反馈信息Corresponding feedback information |
NACK,NACKNACK, NACK | PSFCH1/PSFCH2->1PSFCH1/PSFCH2->1 |
NACK,ACK/DTXNACK, ACK/DTX | PSFCH1/PSFCH2->0PSFCH1/PSFCH2->0 |
ACK/DTX,NACKACK/DTX, NACK | PSFCH3/PSFCH4->1PSFCH3/PSFCH4->1 |
ACK/DTX,ACK/DTXACK/DTX, ACK/DTX | 无反馈No feedback |
表11的反馈信息中的前半部分信息代表接收终端所选择的反馈资源位置,后半部分1比特信息代表反馈信道自身携带的比特信息,即反馈状态标识。需要注意的是,接收终端只能在成功解码控制信息的TB所对应的反馈资源上发送反馈,对于接收状态为ACK/DTX状态的TB来说,接收UE(可能处于DTX状态)不能保证获得反馈资源对应的位置,因此只能在接收状态为NACK的TB所对应的反馈资源上进行反馈。上述表11中的对应关系满足了对应关系6)中所述的反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为NACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态。The first half of the feedback information in Table 11 represents the location of the feedback resource selected by the receiving terminal, and the second half of 1-bit information represents the bit information carried by the feedback channel itself, that is, the feedback status identifier. It should be noted that the receiving terminal can only send feedback on the feedback resource corresponding to the TB that successfully decodes the control information. For a TB whose receiving state is ACK/DTX, the receiving UE (which may be in DTX state) cannot guarantee feedback The location corresponding to the resource, therefore, feedback can only be performed on the feedback resource corresponding to the TB whose reception status is NACK. The corresponding relationship in the above table 11 satisfies the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource position described in the corresponding relationship 6) is the NACK state, if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups , The feedback information is in a non-feedback state.
发送终端需要对每一个反馈资源位置进行检测,最终汇总所有检测到反馈信息所在的反馈资源位置,以及相应反馈信道携带的反馈状态标识,通过对照上述表11中的对应关系来确定各个TB的接收状态,NACK状态表示该TB需要重新发送,只要检测状态中的存在NACK状态,那么对应TB就需要对所有接收终端重新发送该TB;如果发送终端检测所有反馈资源位置均未检测到反馈信息,此时不需要进行重传。The sending terminal needs to detect the location of each feedback resource, and finally summarize all the feedback resource locations where the feedback information is detected, and the feedback status identifier carried by the corresponding feedback channel, and determine the reception of each TB by comparing the corresponding relationship in Table 11 above Status, NACK status indicates that the TB needs to be retransmitted. As long as the NACK status is detected in the status, the corresponding TB needs to retransmit the TB to all receiving terminals; if the sending terminal detects that no feedback information is detected at all the feedback resource locations, this There is no need to retransmit.
需要说明的是,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈所述反馈状态中存在NACK状态的反馈信息。It should be noted that when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feedbacks that there is a NACK state in the feedback state information.
可选地,在所述多个时隙为2个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识;在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一的情况下,所述对应关系包括:所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;其中,在所述接收终端与发送 终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈所述反馈状态中存在NACK状态的反馈信息。Optionally, in the case where there are two timeslots, the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information to indicate the feedback status identifier; a multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal In the case of the first manner, the correspondence relationship includes: the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if the NACK state does not exist in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the The feedback information is in a non-feedback state; wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only the feedback state exists NACK status feedback information.
例如,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,以多个时隙为2个,即所述传输块为2个,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息为例,接收终端在PSFCH1/PSFCH2资源上发送反馈信息,则可以将上述对应关系以表格的形式表示,反馈状态包含但不限于如下表12:For example, the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal. The number of time slots is two, that is, the number of transmission blocks is two, and the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information as an example. When the terminal sends feedback information on the PSFCH1/PSFCH2 resources, the above corresponding relationship can be expressed in the form of a table, and the feedback status includes but is not limited to the following Table 12:
表12Table 12
反馈状态(TB1,TB2)Feedback status (TB1, TB2) | 对应反馈信息Corresponding feedback information |
ACK,NACKACK, NACK | PSFCH2->00PSFCH2->00 |
NACK,ACKNACK, ACK | PSFCH1->00PSFCH1->00 |
NACK,NACKNACK, NACK | PSFCH1->01PSFCH1->01 |
NACK,DTXNACK, DTX | PSFCH1->10PSFCH1->10 |
DTX,NACKDTX, NACK | PSFCH2->10PSFCH2->10 |
ACK/DTX,ACK/DTXACK/DTX, ACK/DTX | 无反馈No feedback |
表12为所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,N=2,反馈信道承载2比特信息时的对应关系。表12的反馈信息中的第一个信息PSFCH1/PSFCH2代表接收终端所选择的反馈资源位置,第二信息“00”“01”等代表反馈信道自身携带的比特信息,即反馈状态标识。在反馈状态存在NACK状态时,所述接收终端可以任意选择NACK状态的传输块对应的反馈资源位置发送反馈信息。Table 12 shows the corresponding relationship when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, N=2, and the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information. The first information PSFCH1/PSFCH2 in the feedback information in Table 12 represents the location of the feedback resource selected by the receiving terminal, and the second information "00", "01", etc. represents the bit information carried by the feedback channel itself, that is, the feedback status identifier. When there is a NACK state in the feedback state, the receiving terminal can arbitrarily select the feedback resource location corresponding to the transport block in the NACK state to send the feedback information.
需要注意的是,接收终端只能在成功解码控制信息的TB所对应的反馈资源上发送反馈信息,第二信息为了区分整体反馈状态,而不单单表示其中某一TB的反馈状态。发送终端需要对每一个反馈资源位置进行检测,最终汇总所有检测到反馈信息所在的反馈资源位置,以及相应反馈信道携带的反馈状态标识,通过对照上述表12中的对应关系来确定各个TB的接收状态,NACK状态表示该TB需要重新发送,只要检测状态中的存在NACK状态,那么对应TB就需要对所有接收终端重新发送该TB;如果发送终端检测所有反馈资源位置均未检测到反馈信息,此时不需要进行重传。It should be noted that the receiving terminal can only send feedback information on the feedback resource corresponding to the TB that successfully decodes the control information. The second information is to distinguish the overall feedback state, and does not merely indicate the feedback state of one of the TBs. The sending terminal needs to detect the location of each feedback resource, and finally summarize all the feedback resource locations where the feedback information is detected, and the feedback status identifier carried by the corresponding feedback channel, and determine the reception of each TB by comparing the corresponding relationship in Table 12 above. Status, NACK status indicates that the TB needs to be retransmitted. As long as the NACK status is detected in the status, the corresponding TB needs to retransmit the TB to all receiving terminals; if the sending terminal detects that no feedback information is detected at all the feedback resource locations, this There is no need to retransmit.
以上通过具体实施例说明了对于所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播 模式的方式一时,所述对应关系应满足的条件。The above specific embodiments have explained the conditions that the corresponding relationship should satisfy when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal.
可选地,在将多个传输块划分为两个传输块组的情况下,所述通过所述反馈信道发送所述传输块的反馈状态标识,包括:Optionally, in a case where multiple transmission blocks are divided into two transmission block groups, the sending the feedback status identifier of the transmission block through the feedback channel includes:
通过所述反馈信道发送所述传输块组的反馈状态标识;所述传输块组对应的反馈资源位置为所述传输块组内的任意一个传输块所对应的反馈资源位置。此时相当于将N=4的情况回退到N=2的情况,直接复用N=2时各种通信模式的接收终端发送所述反馈信息的实现过程,回退到N=2后的具体方案内容不再赘述。The feedback status identifier of the transmission block group is sent through the feedback channel; the feedback resource position corresponding to the transmission block group is the feedback resource position corresponding to any transmission block in the transmission block group. At this time, it is equivalent to roll back the case of N=4 to the case of N=2. When N=2 is directly multiplexed, the receiving terminal of various communication modes sends the feedback information to the realization process of returning to the situation after N=2. The content of the specific scheme will not be repeated.
本公开的实施例,利用接收终端选择的反馈资源位置,以及反馈信道中携带的信息比特共同完成反馈状态的指示,不需要增加反馈信道即可以承载最大反馈信息,可以在接收终端无法解码控制信息的情况下指示发送终端进行数据重传,解决了直通链路中由于没有基站参与调度导致的终端无法可靠的反馈信息的问题。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, the feedback resource location selected by the receiving terminal and the information bits carried in the feedback channel are used to complete the feedback status indication. The maximum feedback information can be carried without the need to increase the feedback channel, and the control information cannot be decoded at the receiving terminal. In the case of instructing the sending terminal to perform data retransmission, the problem that the terminal cannot reliably feedback information due to no base station participating in the scheduling in the direct link is solved.
如图10所示,本公开的实施例提供了一种信息重传方法,应用于直通链路sidelink中的发送终端,包括:As shown in FIG. 10, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides an information retransmission method, which is applied to a sending terminal in a through link sidelink, including:
步骤101、获取反馈状态标识。Step 101: Obtain a feedback status identifier.
该实施例中,发送终端向接收终端发送控制信息后,获取接收终端发送的反馈状态的标识,所述反馈状态包括:ACK状态、NACK状态以及DTX状态,其中,DTX状态时,发送终端发送了数据但接收终端对控制信息解码失败,无法获取相关子信道等数据信息,无法选择反馈信道资源位置。In this embodiment, after the sending terminal sends control information to the receiving terminal, it obtains the identifier of the feedback status sent by the receiving terminal. The feedback status includes: ACK status, NACK status, and DTX status. In the DTX status, the sending terminal sends However, the receiving terminal fails to decode the control information, cannot obtain data information such as related sub-channels, and cannot select the feedback channel resource location.
步骤102、根据所述反馈状态标识,以及获取到所述反馈状态标识的反馈资源位置,确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传;其中,所述反馈资源位置和所述反馈状态标识共同指示发送终端对每一个所述传输块是否需要进行数据重传。Step 102: Determine whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block according to the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location for which the feedback status identifier is obtained; wherein, the feedback resource location and the feedback status identifier Commonly indicate whether the sending terminal needs to retransmit data for each of the transmission blocks.
接收终端发送的所述反馈状态标识以及上述发送终端获取到所述反馈状态标识的反馈资源位置,共同指示发送终端对每一个所述传输块是否需要进行数据重传。发送终端获取到所述反馈状态标识以及反馈资源位置后,确定是否需要重传每一个传输块数据,并在确定需要重传的传输块数据后,对接收该传输块的一个或者多个接收终端重传数据。The feedback status identifier sent by the receiving terminal and the feedback resource location of the feedback status identifier acquired by the sending terminal above together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block. After the sending terminal obtains the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location, it determines whether each transport block data needs to be retransmitted, and after determining the transport block data that needs to be retransmitted, the sending terminal provides an answer to the one or more receiving terminals that receive the transport block. Retransmit the data.
该实施例中,利用接收终端选择的反馈资源位置,以及反馈信道中携带的信息比特共同完成反馈状态的指示,不需要增加反馈信道即可以承载最大反馈信息,可以在接收终端无法解码控制信息的情况下指示发送终端进行数据重传,解决了直通链路中由于没有基站参与调度导致的终端无法可靠的反馈信息的问题。In this embodiment, the feedback resource position selected by the receiving terminal and the information bits carried in the feedback channel are used to complete the feedback status indication. The maximum feedback information can be carried without adding the feedback channel, and the control information can be decoded in the receiving terminal. In this case, the sending terminal is instructed to retransmit data, which solves the problem that the terminal cannot reliably feedback information due to the fact that no base station participates in scheduling in the direct link.
可选地,在接收终端为多个时,在所有接收终端对应的反馈资源位置检测所述反馈状态标识。即发送终端需要在每一个接收终端可能使用的反馈资源位置进行逐一检测,最终根据检测到的反馈状态标识以及反馈资源位置来判断是否需要为该接收终端重传。Optionally, when there are multiple receiving terminals, the feedback state identifier is detected at the feedback resource positions corresponding to all receiving terminals. That is, the sending terminal needs to detect the feedback resource locations that may be used by each receiving terminal one by one, and finally judge whether it needs to retransmit for the receiving terminal according to the detected feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location.
需要说明的是,所述反馈状态标识指示多个所述传输块中的部分传输块的反馈状态,或者,所述反馈状态标识与所述反馈资源位置共同指示多个所述传输块整体的反馈状态。即,所述反馈状态标识可以表示部分传输块的反馈状态,例如:发送终端发送4个传输块数据,发送所述反馈状态标识的反馈资源位置指示第一个传输块的反馈状态为ACK,反馈状态标识表示其余3个传输块的反馈状态分别为ACK、NACK、DTX;或者,所述反馈资源位置与所述反馈状态标识共同指示4个传输块的状态为ACK、ACK、NACK、DTX。It should be noted that the feedback status indicator indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status indicator and the feedback resource location together indicate the overall feedback of multiple transmission blocks. status. That is, the feedback status identifier may indicate the feedback status of a part of the transport block. For example, the sending terminal sends 4 transport block data, and the feedback resource location sending the feedback status identifier indicates that the feedback status of the first transport block is ACK, and the feedback status is ACK. The status identifier indicates that the feedback status of the remaining three transmission blocks are ACK, NACK, and DTX respectively; or, the feedback resource location and the feedback status identifier together indicate that the status of the four transmission blocks are ACK, ACK, NACK, and DTX.
可选地,N个反馈资源位置可以用log
2N比特信息来代替,每个PSFCH携带x比特信息,其中N=2时,x=1;N=4时,x=2。即:在所述多个时隙为2个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载1比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识;在所述多个时隙为4个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识。可选地,N=2时,x也可以为2。
Optionally, the N feedback resource positions can be replaced with log 2 N-bit information, and each PSFCH carries x-bit information, where when N=2, x=1; when N=4, x=2. That is: in the case where there are two timeslots, the feedback channel carries 1 bit of information to indicate the feedback status identifier; when there are four timeslots, the feedback channel The feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier. Optionally, when N=2, x may also be 2.
对于不同通信模式的接收终端,多个接收终端传输反馈信息时选择反馈信道的方式不同。其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息。在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈需要进行数据重传的接收终端发送的所述反馈信息。For receiving terminals with different communication modes, multiple receiving terminals have different ways of selecting feedback channels when transmitting feedback information. Wherein, when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback information. When the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information sent by the receiving terminal that needs to perform data retransmission.
可选地,所述发送终端内存储有反馈信息与各个传输块的反馈状态的对应关系,所述反馈信息包括:所述反馈信道映射的所述反馈资源位置以及所 述反馈信道发送的所述反馈状态标识。需要说明的是,所述发送终端内存储的所述对应关系与接收终端内存储的对应关系相同。Optionally, the sending terminal stores a correspondence between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block, and the feedback information includes: the feedback resource location mapped by the feedback channel and the feedback channel sent by the feedback channel. Feedback status indicator. It should be noted that the corresponding relationship stored in the sending terminal is the same as the corresponding relationship stored in the receiving terminal.
具体地,所述确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传,包括:根据所述对应关系中,与所述反馈状态标识以及所述反馈资源位置对应的反馈状态,确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传。Specifically, the determining whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block includes: determining whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block according to the feedback status corresponding to the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location in the corresponding relationship. The transmission block performs data retransmission.
所述反馈信息与各个传输块的反馈状态的对应关系可以以表格的形式表示,则存储在所述发送终端与存储在所述接收终端内的对应关系表格是完全一致的,这样能够保证接收终端与发送终端准确的在相应反馈资源位置反馈信息或发送数据。需要说明的是,所述对应关系表格中,由于要结合反馈资源位置以及反馈信道承载的反馈状态标识联合指示反馈状态,所以应该保证反馈资源位置应该避开DTX状态的传输块所对应的无法使用的反馈资源位置。The corresponding relationship between the feedback information and the feedback status of each transmission block can be expressed in the form of a table, and the corresponding relationship table stored in the sending terminal and the receiving terminal is completely consistent, which can ensure that the receiving terminal Feed back information or send data accurately at the corresponding feedback resource location with the sending terminal. It should be noted that in the correspondence table, since the feedback resource location and the feedback status identifier carried by the feedback channel are combined to indicate the feedback status, it should be ensured that the feedback resource location should avoid the unusable corresponding to the transmission block in the DTX state. Location of feedback resources.
下面具体说明所述对应关系应满足的条件。The following specifically describes the conditions that the corresponding relationship should meet.
对于在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,可选地,所述对应关系包括:For the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, optionally, the correspondence relationship includes:
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为肯定确认ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;该对应关系中,发送终端在所述多个时隙为4个的情况下,设置所述发送终端在每个周期内传递传输块的最大数量为3;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if There is an ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, and the feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state. If there is no ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, the The feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If multiple transmission blocks are in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state; in this correspondence, the sending terminal is in the multiple In the case of 4 time slots, set the maximum number of transmission blocks transmitted by the transmitting terminal in each cycle to 3;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应 的所述传输块组的反馈状态为ACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;When the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transmission block groups, the transmission corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of the block group is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,所述发送终端在独立的反馈信道分别获取各个接收终端反馈的所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the sending terminal separately obtains the feedback state identifiers fed back by each receiving terminal in an independent feedback channel.
对于上述各个对应关系,均可以以表格的形式表示,该实施例中表格的形式以及所述发功终端获取反馈状态标识的方法与上述的信息反馈方法实施例中相同,在此不做赘述。The above-mentioned respective correspondences can be expressed in the form of a table. The form of the table in this embodiment and the method for the power generating terminal to obtain the feedback status identifier are the same as in the above-mentioned embodiment of the information feedback method, and will not be repeated here.
对于所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,可选地,所述对应关系包括:For the first approach in which the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, optionally, the correspondence relationship includes:
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为否定确认NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is negative Confirming the NACK status, and if there is no NACK status in the feedback status of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback status;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在NACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态。该对应关系中,发送终端在所述多个时隙为4个的情况下,设置所述发送终端在每个周期内传递传输块的最大数量为3;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if multiple transmissions There is a NACK state in the feedback state of the block, and the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is none Feedback status. In this correspondence, the sending terminal sets the maximum number of transmission blocks transmitted by the sending terminal in each cycle to 3 when the multiple time slots are 4;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为NACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transport block groups, the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource position It is a NACK state, and if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,所述发送终端在同一个反馈信道获取各个接收终端反馈的所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the sending terminal obtains the feedback state identifier fed back by each receiving terminal on the same feedback channel.
对于上述各个对应关系,均可以以表格的形式表示,该实施例中表格的形式以及所述发功终端获取反馈状态标识的方法与上述的信息反馈方法实施例中相同,在此不做赘述。The above-mentioned respective correspondences can be expressed in the form of a table. The form of the table in this embodiment and the method for the power generating terminal to obtain the feedback status identifier are the same as in the above-mentioned embodiment of the information feedback method, and will not be repeated here.
可选地,在所述多个时隙为2个,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息的情况下,所述对应关系包括:Optionally, in a case where there are two timeslots and the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, the correspondence relationship includes:
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK或者NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the method 2 in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the feedback status of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK or NACK status. If the feedback state of the transmission block is all DTX state, the feedback information is no feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier.
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, if the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks is If there is no NACK state, the feedback information is a no feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈所述反馈状态中存在NACK状态的反馈信息。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
该对应关系可以以表格的形式表示,该实施例中表格的形式以及所述发功终端获取反馈状态标识的方法与上述的信息反馈方法实施例中相同,在此不做赘述。The corresponding relationship may be expressed in the form of a table. The form of the table in this embodiment and the method for the power generating terminal to obtain the feedback status identifier are the same as in the above-mentioned embodiment of the information feedback method, and will not be repeated here.
可选地,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二的情况下,确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传,包括:Optionally, in the case that the method 2 in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, determining whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block includes:
在至少一个接收终端发送的反馈状态标识指示需要对所述传输块进行数据重传时,检测是否向所述接收终端发送所述传输块;在所述发送终端向所述接收终端发送所述传输块的情况下,对所述至少一个接收终端进行重传所述传输块数据;在所述反馈状态标识指示不需要对所述传输块进行数据重传,或者所述发送终端未向所述接收终端发送所述传输块的情况下,不对所述传输块进行数据重传。When the feedback status identifier sent by at least one receiving terminal indicates that the transmission block needs to be retransmitted, detecting whether to send the transmission block to the receiving terminal; sending the transmission to the receiving terminal at the sending terminal In the case of a block, the transmission block data is retransmitted to the at least one receiving terminal; when the feedback status indicator indicates that the transmission block does not need to be retransmitted, or the sending terminal does not send data to the receiving terminal When the terminal sends the transmission block, data retransmission is not performed on the transmission block.
该实施例中,对于单播或者组播方式二的接收终端,发送终端获取到的所述反馈信息中,存在至少一个所述反馈状态指示需要对所述传输块进行数据重传时,所述传输块的状态可能为NACK/DTX,因此需要判断所述发送终端是否发送了数据,如果发送了数据,则所述发送终端对发送该反馈状态的 接收终端重传所述传输块数据。如果发送终端获取到的所述反馈信息中,多个反馈状态均指示不需要重传传输块数据,或者反馈状态是由于发送终端没有发送数据造成,虽然发送终端接收到了需要重传数据的指示信息,但不会对该状态进行反应,即无需重传数据。In this embodiment, for a receiving terminal in unicast or multicast mode two, in the feedback information obtained by the sending terminal, when there is at least one of the feedback status indicating that the transmission block needs to be retransmitted, the The status of the transport block may be NACK/DTX, so it is necessary to determine whether the sending terminal has sent data. If data is sent, the sending terminal retransmits the transport block data to the receiving terminal that sent the feedback status. If in the feedback information obtained by the sending terminal, multiple feedback statuses indicate that the transport block data does not need to be retransmitted, or the feedback status is caused by the sending terminal not sending data, although the sending terminal has received the information indicating that the data needs to be retransmitted , But will not react to the status, that is, there is no need to retransmit data.
对于单播或者组播方式二的接收终端,如果发送终端在TB2所对应的反馈资源位置检测到“01”的反馈信息,其中的“0”表示需要重传TB1数据,“1”表示不需要重传TB2数据,并且所述发送终端发送了TB1数据,因此需要对TB1进行重传。For the receiving terminal of unicast or multicast mode 2, if the sending terminal detects the feedback information of "01" at the feedback resource location corresponding to TB2, the "0" indicates that TB1 data needs to be retransmitted, and "1" indicates that it is not needed TB2 data is retransmitted, and the sending terminal sends TB1 data, so TB1 needs to be retransmitted.
以所述接收终端的通信模式为单播模式,所述接收终端通过两个反馈信道传输所述反馈信息,且N=2为例,所述发送终端发送了两个TB,但只在TB2对应的PSFCH2收到了TB2的ACK反馈,没有在收到TB1的反馈信息,则可以确定TB1为DTX状态,需要重传,则在TB1对应的PSFCH1重传TB1数据。Taking the communication mode of the receiving terminal as unicast mode, the receiving terminal transmits the feedback information through two feedback channels, and N=2 as an example, the sending terminal sends two TBs, but only corresponds to TB2 If the PSFCH2 receives the ACK feedback from TB2, but does not receive the feedback information from TB1, it can be determined that TB1 is in the DTX state and needs to be retransmitted. Then the TB1 data is retransmitted on the PSFCH1 corresponding to TB1.
可选地,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一的情况下,确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传,包括:Optionally, in the case that the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, determining whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block includes:
在获取到反馈状态标识的所有反馈资源位置中,存在至少一个接收终端发送的反馈状态标识,指示需要进行重传所述传输块数据,且所述发送终端向接收终端发送所述传输块的情况下,对接收所述传输块的所有接收终端进行重传所述传输块数据。Among all the feedback resource locations where the feedback status identifier is obtained, there is at least one feedback status identifier sent by the receiving terminal, indicating that the transmission block data needs to be retransmitted, and the sending terminal sends the transmission block to the receiving terminal Next, retransmit the transport block data to all receiving terminals that receive the transport block.
该实施例中,对于组播方式一的接收终端,发送终端获取到的所述反馈信息中,只要检测到某一个传输块对应的反馈状态指示需要数据重传,则发送终端对所有接收终端重传该传输块数据。In this embodiment, for the receiving terminal of multicast mode 1, in the feedback information obtained by the sending terminal, as long as the feedback status corresponding to a certain transmission block is detected to indicate that data retransmission is required, the sending terminal will retransmit all receiving terminals. Transfer the transmission block data.
对于组播的方式一,以接收终端共3个,各个接收终端通过两个反馈信道反馈信息为例,UE1、UE2和UE3针对TB1和TB2的反馈状态,发送反馈信息的反馈信道均为PSFCH1和PSFCH2,PSFCH1上携带TB1的反馈状态,PSFCH2上携带TB2的反馈状态。但是由于这种模式下接收终端只在检测到NACK后才会发送反馈信息,假设PSFCH1上检测到UE1反馈的需要重传数据的反馈状态标识,发送终端需要对三个接收终端重发TB1数据。For multicast mode 1, taking a total of 3 receiving terminals, each receiving terminal feedback information through two feedback channels as an example, UE1, UE2, and UE3 feedback the status of TB1 and TB2, and the feedback channels for sending feedback information are PSFCH1 and PSFCH2, PSFCH1 carries the feedback status of TB1, and PSFCH2 carries the feedback status of TB2. However, in this mode, the receiving terminal will only send feedback information after detecting NACK. Assuming that the feedback status indicator that UE1 needs to retransmit data is detected on PSFCH1, the sending terminal needs to retransmit TB1 data to the three receiving terminals.
可选地,所述确定是否对所述每一个所述传输块进行数据重传的步骤, 包括以下其中一项:Optionally, the step of determining whether to perform data retransmission for each of the transmission blocks includes one of the following:
在未获取到所述反馈状态标识的情况下,所有传输块均不需要进行数据重传。此种情况适用于所述接收终端的通信模式为组播的方式一,发送终端需要对每一个反馈资源位置进行检测,最终汇总所有检测到反馈状态标识所在的反馈资源位置,以及相应反馈信道携带的反馈状态标识,如果发送终端检测所有反馈资源位置均未检测到反馈状态标识,此时不需要进行重传。In the case that the feedback status identifier is not obtained, all transmission blocks do not need to perform data retransmission. This situation applies to the first method where the communication mode of the receiving terminal is multicast. The sending terminal needs to detect the location of each feedback resource, and finally summarize all the feedback resource locations where the feedback status identifier is detected, and the corresponding feedback channel carry If the sending terminal detects that none of the feedback resource locations has detected the feedback status identifier, there is no need to retransmit at this time.
在获取到第一预设状态标识的情况下,对所有传输块进行数据重传。此种情况为在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若3个所述传输块全部需要进行数据重传,所述接收终端发送第一预设状态标识;第一预设状态标识指示的全部传输块均需要重传。When the first preset state identifier is obtained, data retransmission is performed on all transmission blocks. In this case, the second method in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3 In this case, if all the three transmission blocks require data retransmission, the receiving terminal sends a first preset state identifier; all transmission blocks indicated by the first preset state identifier need to be retransmitted.
需要说明的是,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,则发送终端在独立的反馈信道分别获取各个接收终端反馈的所述反馈信息;在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,则所述发送终端在同一个反馈信道获取各个接收终端反馈的所述反馈信息。需要说明的是,上述信息反馈方法实施例中适用于发送终端的方法,均适用于该信息重传方法实施例,在此不做赘述。It should be noted that when the method 2 in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and the sending terminal is in an independent The feedback channel separately obtains the feedback information fed back by each receiving terminal; when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, then the sending The terminal obtains the feedback information fed back by each receiving terminal in the same feedback channel. It should be noted that the methods applicable to the sending terminal in the foregoing information feedback method embodiments are all applicable to the information retransmission method embodiments, and details are not described herein.
本公开的实施例,利用接收终端选择的反馈资源位置,以及反馈信道中携带的信息比特共同完成反馈状态的指示,不需要增加反馈信道即可以承载最大反馈信息,可以在接收终端无法解码控制信息的情况下指示发送终端进行数据重传,解决了直通链路中由于没有基站参与调度导致的终端无法可靠的反馈信息的问题。In the embodiments of the present disclosure, the feedback resource location selected by the receiving terminal and the information bits carried in the feedback channel are used to complete the feedback status indication. The maximum feedback information can be carried without the need to increase the feedback channel, and the control information cannot be decoded at the receiving terminal. In the case of instructing the sending terminal to perform data retransmission, the problem that the terminal cannot reliably feedback information due to no base station participating in the scheduling in the direct link is solved.
如图11所示,本公开的第二实施例提供了一种终端,所述终端为接收终端110,包括:As shown in FIG. 11, the second embodiment of the present disclosure provides a terminal. The terminal is a receiving terminal 110 and includes:
第一确定模块111,用于在多个时隙共用同一个反馈资源池的情况下,根据所述多个时隙上传输块的接收结果,确定多个所述传输块的反馈状态;The first determining module 111 is configured to determine the feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks according to the reception results of the transmission blocks on the multiple time slots when multiple time slots share the same feedback resource pool;
第一发送模块112,用于从所述多个时隙上成功解码控制信息的传输块 所对应的反馈资源位置中,选择反馈信道映射的反馈资源位置,通过所述反馈信道发送所述传输块的反馈状态标识;The first sending module 112 is configured to select the feedback resource position mapped by the feedback channel from the feedback resource positions corresponding to the transmission blocks for which the control information is successfully decoded in the multiple time slots, and send the transmission block through the feedback channel The feedback status identification;
其中,所述反馈资源位置和所述反馈状态标识共同指示发送终端对每一个所述传输块是否需要进行数据重传。Wherein, the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
可选地,所述接收终端内存储有反馈信息与各个传输块的反馈状态的对应关系,所述反馈信息包括:所述反馈信道映射的所述反馈资源位置以及所述反馈信道发送的所述反馈状态标识。Optionally, the receiving terminal stores a corresponding relationship between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block, and the feedback information includes: the feedback resource location mapped by the feedback channel and the feedback channel sent by the feedback channel. Feedback status indicator.
可选地,所述反馈状态标识指示多个所述传输块中的部分传输块的反馈状态,或者,所述反馈状态标识与所述反馈资源位置共同指示多个所述传输块整体的反馈状态。Optionally, the feedback status identifier indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location together indicate the overall feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks .
可选地,所述对应关系包括:Optionally, the corresponding relationship includes:
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为肯定确认ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if There is an ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, and the feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state. If there is no ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, the The feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if a plurality of the transmission blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为ACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;When the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transmission block groups, the transmission corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of the block group is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier.
可选地,所述对应关系包括:Optionally, the corresponding relationship includes:
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙 为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为否定确认NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is negative Confirming the NACK status, if there is no NACK status in the feedback status of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback status;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在NACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if multiple transmissions There is a NACK state in the feedback state of the block, and the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is none Feedback status
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为NACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transport block groups, the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource position It is a NACK state, and if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈所述反馈状态中存在NACK状态的反馈信息。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
可选地,在所述多个时隙为2个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载1比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识;Optionally, in a case where the multiple time slots are two, the feedback channel carries 1 bit of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier;
在所述多个时隙为4个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识。In a case where the multiple time slots are 4, the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier.
可选地,在所述多个时隙为2个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识;Optionally, in a case where the multiple time slots are two, the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二的情况下,所述对应关系包括:In the case that the unicast mode or the second method in the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the correspondence relationship includes:
所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK或者NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;The feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK or NACK state, and if the feedback states of multiple transport blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier.
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一的情况下,所述 对应关系包括:所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the corresponding relationship includes: the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if there are multiple If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the transport block, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈所述反馈状态中存在NACK状态的反馈信息。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
可选地,所述传输块组的反馈状态根据所述传输块组内包含的传输块的反馈状态确定;Optionally, the feedback status of the transmission block group is determined according to the feedback status of the transmission blocks included in the transmission block group;
其中,在所述传输块组内的至少一个传输块需要发送终端进行数据重传的情况下,所述传输块组的反馈状态标识指示需要发送终端对所述传输块组进行数据重传。Wherein, in the case that at least one transmission block in the transmission block group requires the transmitting terminal to perform data retransmission, the feedback status identifier of the transmission block group indicates that the transmitting terminal needs to perform data retransmission on the transmission block group.
可选地,所述第一发送模块具体用于:Optionally, the first sending module is specifically configured to:
通过所述反馈信道发送所述传输块组的反馈状态标识;Sending the feedback status identifier of the transport block group through the feedback channel;
所述传输块组对应的反馈资源位置为所述传输块组内的任意一个传输块所对应的反馈资源位置。The feedback resource location corresponding to the transmission block group is the feedback resource location corresponding to any transmission block in the transmission block group.
可选地,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若3个所述传输块全部需要进行数据重传,所述反馈状态标识为第一预设状态标识;Optionally, the second method in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3. In this case, if all the three transmission blocks require data retransmission, the feedback state identifier is the first preset state identifier;
若3个所述传输块均未成功解码控制信息,不发送所述传输块的反馈状态标识。If none of the three transmission blocks successfully decode the control information, the feedback status identifier of the transmission block is not sent.
需要说明的是,该终端是与上述信息反馈方法对应的终端,上述方法实施例中所有实现方式均适用于该终端的实施例中,也能达到相同的技术效果。该实施例中,利用接收终端选择的反馈资源位置,以及反馈信道中携带的信息比特共同完成反馈状态的指示,不需要增加反馈信道即可以承载最大反馈信息,可以在接收终端无法解码控制信息的情况下指示发送终端进行数据重传,解决了直通链路中由于没有基站参与调度导致的终端无法可靠的反馈信息的问题。It should be noted that the terminal is a terminal corresponding to the foregoing information feedback method, and all implementation manners in the foregoing method embodiment are applicable to the embodiment of the terminal, and the same technical effect can also be achieved. In this embodiment, the feedback resource position selected by the receiving terminal and the information bits carried in the feedback channel are used to complete the feedback status indication. The maximum feedback information can be carried without adding the feedback channel, and the control information can be decoded in the receiving terminal. In this case, the sending terminal is instructed to retransmit data, which solves the problem that the terminal cannot reliably feedback information due to the fact that no base station participates in scheduling in the direct link.
如图12所示,本公开的实施例还提供了一种终端,所述终端为发送终端 120,包括:As shown in FIG. 12, an embodiment of the present disclosure also provides a terminal, where the terminal is a sending terminal 120 and includes:
第一获取模块121,用于获取反馈状态标识;The first obtaining module 121 is configured to obtain a feedback status identifier;
第二确定模块122,用于根据所述反馈状态标识,以及获取到所述反馈状态标识的反馈资源位置,确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传;The second determining module 122 is configured to determine whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block according to the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location where the feedback status identifier is acquired;
其中,所述反馈资源位置和所述反馈状态标识共同指示发送终端对每一个所述传输块是否需要进行数据重传。Wherein, the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
可选地,所第一获取模块121具体用于:在接收终端为多个时,在所有接收终端对应的反馈资源位置检测所述反馈状态标识。Optionally, the first acquiring module 121 is specifically configured to: when there are multiple receiving terminals, detect the feedback state identifier at the feedback resource locations corresponding to all receiving terminals.
可选地,所述发送终端内存储有反馈信息与各个传输块的反馈状态的对应关系,所述反馈信息包括:所述反馈信道映射的所述反馈资源位置以及所述反馈信道发送的所述反馈状态标识;Optionally, the sending terminal stores a correspondence between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block, and the feedback information includes: the feedback resource location mapped by the feedback channel and the feedback channel sent by the feedback channel. Feedback status identification;
所述第二确定模块122具体用于:根据所述对应关系中,与所述反馈状态标识以及所述反馈资源位置对应的反馈状态,确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传。The second determining module 122 is specifically configured to determine whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block according to the feedback state corresponding to the feedback state identifier and the feedback resource location in the corresponding relationship.
可选地,所述反馈状态标识指示多个所述传输块中的部分传输块的反馈状态,或者,所述反馈状态标识与所述反馈资源位置共同指示多个所述传输块整体的反馈状态。Optionally, the feedback status identifier indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location together indicate the overall feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks .
可选地,所述对应关系包括:Optionally, the corresponding relationship includes:
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为肯定确认ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if There is an ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, and the feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state. If there is no ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, the The feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if a plurality of the transmission blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二, 所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为ACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;When the second method in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transmission block groups, the transmission corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of the block group is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,所述发送终端在独立的反馈信道分别获取各个接收终端反馈的所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the sending terminal separately obtains the feedback state identifiers fed back by each receiving terminal in an independent feedback channel.
可选地,所述对应关系包括:Optionally, the corresponding relationship includes:
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为否定确认NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is negative Confirming the NACK status, and if there is no NACK status in the feedback status of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback status;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在NACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if multiple transmissions There is a NACK state in the feedback state of the block, and the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is none Feedback status
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为NACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transport block groups, the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource position It is a NACK state, and if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,所述发送终端在同一个反馈信道获取各个接收终端反馈的所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the sending terminal obtains the feedback state identifier fed back by each receiving terminal on the same feedback channel.
可选地,在所述多个时隙为2个,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息的情况下,所述对应关系包括:Optionally, in a case where there are two timeslots and the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, the correspondence relationship includes:
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK或者NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the method 2 in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the feedback status of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK or NACK status. If the feedback state of the transmission block is all DTX state, the feedback information is no feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的 方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the second mode in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier.
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, if the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks is If there is no NACK state, the feedback information is a no feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈所述反馈状态中存在NACK状态的反馈信息。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
可选地,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二的情况下,所述第二确定模块122包括:Optionally, in the case that the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the second determining module 122 includes:
检测单元,用于在至少一个接收终端发送的反馈状态标识指示需要对所述传输块进行数据重传时,检测是否向所述接收终端发送所述传输块;A detecting unit, configured to detect whether to send the transmission block to the receiving terminal when the feedback status identifier sent by at least one receiving terminal indicates that the transmission block needs to be retransmitted;
第一数据传输单元,用于在所述发送终端向所述接收终端发送所述传输块的情况下,对所述至少一个接收终端进行重传所述传输块数据;The first data transmission unit is configured to retransmit the transmission block data to the at least one receiving terminal when the transmitting terminal sends the transmission block to the receiving terminal;
在所述反馈状态标识指示不需要对所述传输块进行数据重传,或者所述发送终端未向所述接收终端发送所述传输块的情况下,不对所述传输块进行数据重传。In the case where the feedback status identifier indicates that data retransmission of the transmission block is not required, or the sending terminal does not send the transmission block to the receiving terminal, data retransmission of the transmission block is not performed.
可选地,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一的情况下,所述第二确定模块122包括:Optionally, in a case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the second determining module 122 includes:
第二数据传输单元,用于在获取到反馈状态标识的所有反馈资源位置中,存在至少一个接收终端发送的反馈状态标识,指示需要进行重传所述传输块数据,且所述发送终端向接收终端发送所述传输块的情况下,对接收所述传输块的所有接收终端进行重传所述传输块数据。The second data transmission unit is configured to, in all the feedback resource locations for which the feedback status identifier is obtained, there is at least one feedback status identifier sent by the receiving terminal, indicating that the transmission block data needs to be retransmitted, and the sending terminal sends a message to the receiving terminal. When the terminal sends the transmission block, retransmit the transmission block data to all receiving terminals that receive the transmission block.
可选地,所述第二确定模块122还用于:Optionally, the second determining module 122 is further configured to:
在未获取到所述反馈状态标识的情况下,所有传输块均不需要进行数据重传;In the case that the feedback status identifier is not obtained, all transmission blocks do not need to perform data retransmission;
在获取到第一预设状态标识的情况下,对所有传输块进行数据重传。When the first preset state identifier is obtained, data retransmission is performed on all transmission blocks.
可选地,所述终端还包括:Optionally, the terminal further includes:
设置模块,用于所述多个时隙为4个的情况下,设置所述发送终端在每个周期内传递传输块的最大数量为3。The setting module is used to set the maximum number of transmission blocks transmitted by the sending terminal in each cycle to 3 when the number of multiple time slots is 4.
需要说明的是,该终端是与上述信息重传方法对应的终端,上述方法实施例中所有实现方式均适用于该终端的实施例中,也能达到相同的技术效果。该实施例中,利用接收终端选择的反馈资源位置,以及反馈信道中携带的信息比特共同完成反馈状态的指示,不需要增加反馈信道即可以承载最大反馈信息,可以在接收终端无法解码控制信息的情况下指示发送终端进行数据重传,解决了直通链路中由于没有基站参与调度导致的终端无法可靠的反馈信息的问题。It should be noted that the terminal is a terminal corresponding to the foregoing information retransmission method, and all implementation manners in the foregoing method embodiment are applicable to the embodiment of the terminal, and the same technical effect can also be achieved. In this embodiment, the feedback resource position selected by the receiving terminal and the information bits carried in the feedback channel are used to complete the feedback status indication. The maximum feedback information can be carried without adding the feedback channel, and the control information can be decoded in the receiving terminal. In this case, the sending terminal is instructed to retransmit data, which solves the problem that the terminal cannot reliably feedback information due to the fact that no base station participates in scheduling in the direct link.
为了更好的实现上述目的,如图13所示,本公开的一些实施例还提供一种终端,所述终端为接收终端,包括收发机134、存储器133、处理器131及存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序。In order to better achieve the above purpose, as shown in FIG. 13, some embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a terminal. The terminal is a receiving terminal and includes a transceiver 134, a memory 133, a processor 131, and a device stored in the memory. A computer program that can run on a processor.
存储器133通过总线接口132与所述处理器131相连接,所述存储器133用于存储所述处理器131在执行操作时所使用的程序和数据,当处理器131调用并执行所述存储器133中所存储的程序和数据时,执行上述信息反馈方法的步骤。The memory 133 is connected to the processor 131 through a bus interface 132. The memory 133 is used to store programs and data used by the processor 131 when performing operations. When the processor 131 calls and executes the memory 133 When the stored programs and data are stored, the steps of the above-mentioned information feedback method are executed.
其中,收发机134与总线接口132连接,用于在处理器131的控制下接收和发送数据。具体地,处理器131执行计算机程序时实现以下步骤:Among them, the transceiver 134 is connected to the bus interface 132 and is used to receive and send data under the control of the processor 131. Specifically, the processor 131 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
在多个时隙共用同一个反馈资源池的情况下,根据所述多个时隙上传输块的接收结果,确定多个所述传输块的反馈状态;In the case that multiple time slots share the same feedback resource pool, determine the feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks according to the reception results of the transmission blocks on the multiple time slots;
从所述多个时隙上成功解码控制信息的传输块所对应的反馈资源位置中,选择反馈信道映射的反馈资源位置,通过所述反馈信道发送所述传输块的反馈状态标识;Selecting the feedback resource position mapped by the feedback channel from the feedback resource positions corresponding to the transmission blocks on which the control information is successfully decoded in the multiple time slots, and sending the feedback status identifier of the transmission block through the feedback channel;
其中,所述反馈资源位置和所述反馈状态标识共同指示发送终端对每一个所述传输块是否需要进行数据重传。Wherein, the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
可选地,所述接收终端内存储有反馈信息与各个传输块的反馈状态的对应关系,所述反馈信息包括:所述反馈信道映射的所述反馈资源位置以及所述反馈信道发送的所述反馈状态标识。Optionally, the receiving terminal stores a corresponding relationship between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block, and the feedback information includes: the feedback resource location mapped by the feedback channel and the feedback channel sent by the feedback channel. Feedback status indicator.
可选地,所述反馈状态标识指示多个所述传输块中的部分传输块的反馈状态,或者,所述反馈状态标识与所述反馈资源位置共同指示多个所述传输块整体的反馈状态。Optionally, the feedback status identifier indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location together indicate the overall feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks .
可选地,所述对应关系包括:Optionally, the corresponding relationship includes:
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为肯定确认ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if There is an ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, and the feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state. If there is no ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, the The feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if a plurality of the transmission blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为ACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;When the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transmission block groups, the transmission corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of the block group is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier.
可选地,所述对应关系包括:Optionally, the corresponding relationship includes:
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为否定确认NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is negative Confirming the NACK status, and if there is no NACK status in the feedback status of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback status;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在NACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if multiple transmissions There is a NACK state in the feedback state of the block, and the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is none Feedback status
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块 组的反馈状态为NACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transport block groups, the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource position It is a NACK state, and if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈所述反馈状态中存在NACK状态的反馈信息。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
可选地,在所述多个时隙为2个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载1比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识;Optionally, in a case where the multiple time slots are two, the feedback channel carries 1 bit of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier;
在所述多个时隙为4个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识。In a case where the multiple time slots are 4, the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier.
可选地,在所述多个时隙为2个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识;Optionally, in a case where the multiple time slots are two, the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二的情况下,所述对应关系包括:In the case that the unicast mode or the second method in the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the correspondence relationship includes:
所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK或者NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;The feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK or NACK state, and if the feedback states of multiple transport blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier.
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一的情况下,所述对应关系包括:所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the corresponding relationship includes: the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if there are multiple If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the transport block, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈所述反馈状态中存在NACK状态的反馈信息。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
可选地,所述传输块组的反馈状态根据所述传输块组内包含的传输块的反馈状态确定;Optionally, the feedback status of the transmission block group is determined according to the feedback status of the transmission blocks included in the transmission block group;
其中,在所述传输块组内的至少一个传输块需要发送终端进行数据重传的情况下,所述传输块组的反馈状态标识指示需要发送终端对所述传输块组 进行数据重传。Wherein, in the case that at least one transmission block in the transmission block group requires the transmitting terminal to perform data retransmission, the feedback status identifier of the transmission block group indicates that the transmitting terminal needs to perform data retransmission on the transmission block group.
可选地,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:Optionally, the processor implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
通过所述反馈信道发送所述传输块组的反馈状态标识;Sending the feedback status identifier of the transport block group through the feedback channel;
所述传输块组对应的反馈资源位置为所述传输块组内的任意一个传输块所对应的反馈资源位置。The feedback resource location corresponding to the transmission block group is the feedback resource location corresponding to any transmission block in the transmission block group.
可选地,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若3个所述传输块全部需要进行数据重传,所述反馈状态标识为第一预设状态标识;Optionally, the second method in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3. In this case, if all the three transmission blocks require data retransmission, the feedback state identifier is the first preset state identifier;
若3个所述传输块均未成功解码控制信息,不发送所述传输块的反馈状态标识。If none of the three transmission blocks successfully decode the control information, the feedback status identifier of the transmission block is not sent.
需要说明的是,在图13中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器131代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器133代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机134可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和收发机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。针对不同的终端,用户接口135还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。处理器131负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器133可以存储处理器131在执行操作时所使用的数据。It should be noted that in FIG. 13, the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges. Specifically, one or more processors represented by the processor 131 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 133 are linked together. The bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripheral devices, voltage regulators, power management circuits, etc., which are all known in the art, and therefore, will not be further described herein. The bus interface provides the interface. The transceiver 134 may be a plurality of elements, including a transmitter and a transceiver, and provide a unit for communicating with various other devices on the transmission medium. For different terminals, the user interface 135 may also be an interface capable of connecting externally and internally with required equipment. The connected equipment includes but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like. The processor 131 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 133 can store data used by the processor 131 when performing operations.
本领域技术人员可以理解,实现上述实施例的全部或者部分步骤可以通过硬件来完成,也可以通过计算机程序来指示相关的硬件来完成,所述计算机程序包括执行上述方法的部分或者全部步骤的指令;且该计算机程序可以存储于一可读存储介质中,存储介质可以是任何形式的存储介质。Those skilled in the art can understand that all or part of the steps of the above-mentioned embodiments can be implemented by hardware, or by a computer program to instruct relevant hardware. The computer program includes instructions for executing part or all of the steps of the above-mentioned method. ; And the computer program can be stored in a readable storage medium, which can be any form of storage medium.
如图14所示,本公开的一些实施例还提供一种终端,所述终端为发送终端,包括收发机144、存储器143、处理器141及存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序。As shown in FIG. 14, some embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a terminal. The terminal is a transmitting terminal and includes a transceiver 144, a memory 143, a processor 141, and a computer stored in the memory and running on the processor. program.
存储器143通过总线接口142与所述处理器141相连接,所述存储器143 用于存储所述处理器141在执行操作时所使用的程序和数据,当处理器141调用并执行所述存储器143中所存储的程序和数据时,执行上述信息反馈方法的步骤。The memory 143 is connected to the processor 141 through a bus interface 142, and the memory 143 is used to store programs and data used by the processor 141 when performing operations. When the processor 141 calls and executes the memory 143 When the stored programs and data are stored, the steps of the above-mentioned information feedback method are executed.
其中,收发机144与总线接口142连接,用于在处理器141的控制下接收和发送数据。具体地,处理器141执行计算机程序时实现以下步骤:Wherein, the transceiver 144 is connected to the bus interface 142, and is used to receive and send data under the control of the processor 141. Specifically, the processor 141 implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
获取反馈状态标识;Obtain the feedback status identifier;
根据所述反馈状态标识,以及获取到所述反馈状态标识的反馈资源位置,确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传;Determine whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block according to the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location where the feedback status identifier is acquired;
其中,所述反馈资源位置和所述反馈状态标识共同指示发送终端对每一个所述传输块是否需要进行数据重传。Wherein, the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
可选地,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:Optionally, the processor implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
在接收终端为多个时,在所有接收终端对应的反馈资源位置检测所述反馈状态标识。When there are multiple receiving terminals, the feedback state identifier is detected at the feedback resource positions corresponding to all receiving terminals.
可选地,所述发送终端内存储有反馈信息与各个传输块的反馈状态的对应关系,所述反馈信息包括:所述反馈信道映射的所述反馈资源位置以及所述反馈信道发送的所述反馈状态标识;Optionally, the sending terminal stores a correspondence between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block, and the feedback information includes: the feedback resource location mapped by the feedback channel and the feedback channel sent by the feedback channel. Feedback status identification;
所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:When the processor executes the computer program, the following steps are implemented:
根据所述对应关系中,与所述反馈状态标识以及所述反馈资源位置对应的反馈状态,确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传。According to the feedback status corresponding to the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location in the corresponding relationship, it is determined whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
可选地,所述反馈状态标识指示多个所述传输块中的部分传输块的反馈状态,或者,所述反馈状态标识与所述反馈资源位置共同指示多个所述传输块整体的反馈状态。Optionally, the feedback status identifier indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location together indicate the overall feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks .
可选地,所述对应关系包括:Optionally, the corresponding relationship includes:
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为肯定确认ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所 述传输块的反馈状态中存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if There is an ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, and the feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state. If there is no ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, the The feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if a plurality of the transmission blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为ACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;When the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transmission block groups, the transmission corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of the block group is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is the no feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,所述发送终端在独立的反馈信道分别获取各个接收终端反馈的所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the sending terminal separately obtains the feedback state identifiers fed back by each receiving terminal in an independent feedback channel.
可选地,所述对应关系包括:Optionally, the corresponding relationship includes:
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为否定确认NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is negative Confirming the NACK status, and if there is no NACK status in the feedback status of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback status;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在NACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if multiple transmissions There is a NACK state in the feedback state of the block, and the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is none Feedback status
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为NACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transport block groups, the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource position It is a NACK state, and if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,所述发送终端在同一个反馈信道获取各个接收终端反馈的所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the sending terminal obtains the feedback state identifier fed back by each receiving terminal on the same feedback channel.
可选地,在所述多个时隙为2个,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息的情况下,所述对应关系包括:Optionally, in a case where there are two timeslots and the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, the correspondence relationship includes:
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK或者NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the method 2 in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the feedback status of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK or NACK status. If the feedback state of the transmission block is all DTX state, the feedback information is no feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈状态标识;Wherein, when the method 2 in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier;
在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, if the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks is If there is no NACK state, the feedback information is a no feedback state;
其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈所述反馈状态中存在NACK状态的反馈信息。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
可选地,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二的情况下,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:Optionally, in the case that the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the processor implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
在至少一个接收终端发送的反馈状态标识指示需要对所述传输块进行数据重传时,检测是否向所述接收终端发送所述传输块;When the feedback status identifier sent by at least one receiving terminal indicates that the transmission block needs to be retransmitted, detecting whether to send the transmission block to the receiving terminal;
在所述发送终端向所述接收终端发送所述传输块的情况下,对所述至少一个接收终端进行重传所述传输块数据;In the case that the sending terminal sends the transmission block to the receiving terminal, retransmit the transmission block data to the at least one receiving terminal;
在所述反馈状态标识指示不需要对所述传输块进行数据重传,或者所述发送终端未向所述接收终端发送所述传输块的情况下,不对所述传输块进行数据重传。In the case where the feedback status identifier indicates that data retransmission of the transmission block is not required, or the sending terminal does not send the transmission block to the receiving terminal, data retransmission of the transmission block is not performed.
可选地,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一的情况下,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:Optionally, in the case that the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the following steps are implemented when the processor executes the computer program:
在获取到反馈状态标识的所有反馈资源位置中,存在至少一个接收终端发送的反馈状态标识,指示需要进行重传所述传输块数据,且所述发送终端向接收终端发送所述传输块的情况下,对接收所述传输块的所有接收终端进行重传所述传输块数据。Among all the feedback resource locations where the feedback status identifier is obtained, there is at least one feedback status identifier sent by the receiving terminal, indicating that the transmission block data needs to be retransmitted, and the sending terminal sends the transmission block to the receiving terminal Next, retransmit the transport block data to all receiving terminals that receive the transport block.
可选地,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤中的一项:Optionally, the processor implements one of the following steps when executing the computer program:
在未获取到所述反馈状态标识的情况下,所有传输块均不需要进行数据 重传;In the case that the feedback status identifier is not obtained, all transmission blocks do not need to perform data retransmission;
在获取到第一预设状态标识的情况下,对所有传输块进行数据重传。When the first preset state identifier is obtained, data retransmission is performed on all transmission blocks.
可选地,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:Optionally, the processor implements the following steps when executing the computer program:
所述多个时隙为4个的情况下,设置所述发送终端在每个周期内传递传输块的最大数量为3。In the case where the multiple time slots are 4, the maximum number of transmission blocks transmitted by the transmitting terminal in each cycle is set to 3.
需要说明的是,在图14中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器141代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器143代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机144可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和收发机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。针对不同的终端,用户接口145还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。处理器141负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器143可以存储处理器141在执行操作时所使用的数据。It should be noted that in FIG. 14, the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges. Specifically, one or more processors represented by the processor 141 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 143 are linked together. The bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripheral devices, voltage regulators, power management circuits, etc., which are all known in the art, and therefore, will not be further described herein. The bus interface provides the interface. The transceiver 144 may be a plurality of elements, including a transmitter and a transceiver, and provide a unit for communicating with various other devices on the transmission medium. For different terminals, the user interface 145 may also be an interface capable of connecting externally and internally with required equipment. The connected equipment includes but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like. The processor 141 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 143 can store data used by the processor 141 when performing operations.
本领域技术人员可以理解,实现上述实施例的全部或者部分步骤可以通过硬件来完成,也可以通过计算机程序来指示相关的硬件来完成,所述计算机程序包括执行上述方法的部分或者全部步骤的指令;且该计算机程序可以存储于一可读存储介质中,存储介质可以是任何形式的存储介质。Those skilled in the art can understand that all or part of the steps of the above-mentioned embodiments can be implemented by hardware, or by a computer program to instruct relevant hardware. The computer program includes instructions for executing part or all of the steps of the above-mentioned method. ; And the computer program can be stored in a readable storage medium, which can be any form of storage medium.
另外,本公开具体实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,其中,该程序被处理器执行时实现如上述信息反馈方法或信息重传方法中的步骤。且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。其中,所述的计算机可读存储介质,如只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,简称ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,简称RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等。In addition, specific embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, where the program is executed by a processor to implement steps in the above-mentioned information feedback method or information retransmission method. And can achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, I will not repeat them here. Wherein, the computer-readable storage medium, such as read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM for short), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM for short), magnetic disk, or optical disk, etc.
可以理解的是,本公开实施例描述的这些实施例可以用硬件、软件、固件、中间件、微码或其组合来实现。对于硬件实现,模块、单元、子模块、子单元等可以实现在一个或多个专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuits,ASIC)、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processing,DSP)、数字信号 处理设备(DSP Device,DSPD)、可编程逻辑设备(Programmable Logic Device,PLD)、现场可编程门阵列(Field-Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)、通用处理器、控制器、微控制器、微处理器、用于执行本公开所述功能的其它电子单元或其组合中。It can be understood that the embodiments described in the embodiments of the present disclosure may be implemented by hardware, software, firmware, middleware, microcode, or a combination thereof. For hardware implementation, modules, units, sub-modules, sub-units, etc. can be implemented in one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), digital signal processors (Digital Signal Processing, DSP), digital signal processing equipment ( DSP Device, DSPD), Programmable Logic Device (PLD), Field-Programmable Gate Array (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), general-purpose processors, controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors, Other electronic units or combinations thereof that perform the functions described in the present disclosure.
此外,需要指出的是,在本公开的装置和方法中,显然,各部件或各步骤是可以分解和/或重新组合的。这些分解和/或重新组合应视为本公开的等效方案。并且,执行上述系列处理的步骤可以自然地按照说明的顺序按时间顺序执行,但是并不需要一定按照时间顺序执行,某些步骤可以并行或彼此独立地执行。对本领域的普通技术人员而言,能够理解本公开的方法和装置的全部或者任何步骤或者部件,可以在任何计算装置(包括处理器、存储介质等)或者计算装置的网络中,以硬件、固件、软件或者它们的组合加以实现,这是本领域普通技术人员在阅读了本公开的说明的情况下运用他们的基本编程技能就能实现的。In addition, it should be pointed out that in the device and method of the present disclosure, obviously, each component or each step can be decomposed and/or recombined. These decomposition and/or recombination should be regarded as equivalent solutions of the present disclosure. In addition, the steps of performing the above series of processing can naturally be performed in a chronological order in the order of description, but do not necessarily need to be performed in a chronological order, and some steps can be performed in parallel or independently of each other. A person of ordinary skill in the art can understand that all or any of the steps or components of the methods and devices of the present disclosure can be used in any computing device (including a processor, storage medium, etc.) or a network of computing devices with hardware and firmware. , Software or a combination of them, this can be achieved by those of ordinary skill in the art using their basic programming skills after reading the description of the present disclosure.
因此,本公开的目的还可以通过在任何计算装置上运行一个程序或者一组程序来实现。所述计算装置可以是公知的通用装置。因此,本公开的目的也可以仅仅通过提供包含实现所述方法或者装置的程序代码的程序产品来实现。也就是说,这样的程序产品也构成本公开,并且存储有这样的程序产品的存储介质也构成本公开。显然,所述存储介质可以是任何公知的存储介质或者将来所开发出来的任何存储介质。还需要指出的是,在本公开的装置和方法中,显然,各部件或各步骤是可以分解和/或重新组合的。这些分解和/或重新组合应视为本公开的等效方案。并且,执行上述系列处理的步骤可以自然地按照说明的顺序按时间顺序执行,但是并不需要一定按照时间顺序执行。某些步骤可以并行或彼此独立地执行。Therefore, the purpose of the present disclosure can also be realized by running a program or a group of programs on any computing device. The computing device may be a well-known general-purpose device. Therefore, the purpose of the present disclosure can also be achieved only by providing a program product containing program code for implementing the method or device. That is, such a program product also constitutes the present disclosure, and a storage medium storing such a program product also constitutes the present disclosure. Obviously, the storage medium may be any well-known storage medium or any storage medium developed in the future. It should also be pointed out that in the device and method of the present disclosure, obviously, each component or each step can be decomposed and/or recombined. These decomposition and/or recombination should be regarded as equivalent solutions of the present disclosure. In addition, the steps of performing the above-mentioned series of processing can naturally be performed in chronological order in the order of description, but do not necessarily need to be performed in chronological order. Some steps can be performed in parallel or independently of each other.
以上所述是本公开的可选实施方式,应当指出,对于本技术领域的普通技术人员来说,在不脱离本公开所述原理的前提下,还可以作出若干改进和润饰,这些改进和润饰也应视为本公开的保护范围。The above are optional implementations of the present disclosure. It should be pointed out that for those of ordinary skill in the art, without departing from the principles of the present disclosure, several improvements and modifications can be made. These improvements and modifications It should also be regarded as the protection scope of the present disclosure.
Claims (45)
- 一种信息反馈方法,应用于直通链路sidelink中的接收终端,包括:An information feedback method, applied to a receiving terminal in a through link sidelink, includes:在多个时隙共用同一个反馈资源池的情况下,根据所述多个时隙上传输块的接收结果,确定多个所述传输块的反馈状态;In the case that multiple time slots share the same feedback resource pool, determine the feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks according to the reception results of the transmission blocks on the multiple time slots;从所述多个时隙上成功解码控制信息的传输块所对应的反馈资源位置中,选择反馈信道映射的反馈资源位置,通过所述反馈信道发送所述传输块的反馈状态标识;Selecting the feedback resource position mapped by the feedback channel from the feedback resource positions corresponding to the transmission blocks on which the control information is successfully decoded in the multiple time slots, and sending the feedback status identifier of the transmission block through the feedback channel;其中,所述反馈资源位置和所述反馈状态标识共同指示发送终端对每一个所述传输块是否需要进行数据重传。Wherein, the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
- 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述接收终端内存储有反馈信息与各个传输块的反馈状态的对应关系,所述反馈信息包括:所述反馈信道映射的所述反馈资源位置以及所述反馈信道发送的所述反馈状态标识。The method according to claim 1, wherein the corresponding relationship between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block is stored in the receiving terminal, and the feedback information includes: the location of the feedback resource mapped by the feedback channel and the The feedback status identifier sent by the feedback channel.
- 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其中,所述反馈状态标识指示多个所述传输块中的部分传输块的反馈状态,或者,所述反馈状态标识与所述反馈资源位置共同指示多个所述传输块整体的反馈状态。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the feedback status indicator indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status indicator and the feedback resource location together indicate multiple The overall feedback status of each of the transmission blocks.
- 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述对应关系包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the corresponding relationship comprises:在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为肯定确认ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块均为非连续传输DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if There is an ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, and the feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state. If there is no ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, the The feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if a plurality of the transmission blocks are in the discontinuous transmission DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应 的所述传输块组的反馈状态为ACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;When the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transmission block groups, the transmission corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of the block group is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is the no feedback state;其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier.
- 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述对应关系包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the corresponding relationship comprises:在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为否定确认NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is negative Confirming the NACK status, and if there is no NACK status in the feedback status of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback status;在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在NACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if multiple transmissions There is a NACK state in the feedback state of the block, and the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is none Feedback status在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为NACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transport block groups, the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource position It is a NACK state, and if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈所述反馈状态中存在NACK状态的反馈信息。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
- 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法,其中,在所述多个时隙为2个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载1比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识;The method according to claim 4 or 5, wherein, in the case where there are two time slots in the plurality of time slots, the feedback channel carries 1 bit of information for indicating the feedback status identifier;在所述多个时隙为4个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识。In a case where the multiple time slots are 4, the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier.
- 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,在所述多个时隙为2个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识;The method according to claim 2, wherein, in the case where there are two time slots in the plurality of time slots, the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, which is used to indicate the feedback state identifier;在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二的情况下,所述对应关系包括:In the case that the unicast mode or the second method in the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the correspondence relationship includes:所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK或者NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;The feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK or NACK state, and if the feedback states of multiple transport blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈状态标识;Wherein, when the method 2 in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier;在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一的情况下,所述对应关系包括:所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the corresponding relationship includes: the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, if there are multiple If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the transport block, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈所述反馈状态中存在NACK状态的反馈信息。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
- 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法,其中,所述传输块组的反馈状态根据所述传输块组内包含的传输块的反馈状态确定;The method according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the feedback status of the transport block group is determined according to the feedback status of the transport blocks included in the transport block group;其中,在所述传输块组内的至少一个传输块需要发送终端进行数据重传的情况下,所述传输块组的反馈状态标识指示需要发送终端对所述传输块组进行数据重传。Wherein, in the case that at least one transmission block in the transmission block group requires the transmitting terminal to perform data retransmission, the feedback status identifier of the transmission block group indicates that the transmitting terminal needs to perform data retransmission on the transmission block group.
- 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其中,所述通过所述反馈信道发送所述传输块的反馈状态标识,包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein the sending the feedback status identifier of the transport block through the feedback channel comprises:通过所述反馈信道发送所述传输块组的反馈状态标识;Sending the feedback status identifier of the transport block group through the feedback channel;所述传输块组对应的反馈资源位置为所述传输块组内的任意一个传输块所对应的反馈资源位置。The feedback resource location corresponding to the transmission block group is the feedback resource location corresponding to any transmission block in the transmission block group.
- 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若3个所述传输块全部需要进行数据重传,所述反馈状态标识为第一预设状态标识;The method according to claim 4, wherein the second method in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the plurality of time slots are 4, and the number of time slots in each cycle When the number of transmission blocks is 3, if all the 3 transmission blocks need to be retransmitted, the feedback state identifier is the first preset state identifier;若3个所述传输块均未成功解码控制信息,不发送所述传输块的反馈状态标识。If none of the three transmission blocks successfully decode the control information, the feedback status identifier of the transmission block is not sent.
- 一种信息重传方法,应用于直通链路sidelink中的发送终端,包括:An information retransmission method, applied to a sending terminal in a through link sidelink, includes:获取反馈状态标识;Obtain the feedback status identifier;根据所述反馈状态标识,以及获取到所述反馈状态标识的反馈资源位置,确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传;Determine whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block according to the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location where the feedback status identifier is acquired;其中,所述反馈资源位置和所述反馈状态标识共同指示发送终端对每一个所述传输块是否需要进行数据重传。Wherein, the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
- 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其中,所述获取反馈状态标识,包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein said obtaining the feedback status identifier comprises:在接收终端为多个时,在所有接收终端对应的反馈资源位置检测所述反馈状态标识。When there are multiple receiving terminals, the feedback state identifier is detected at the feedback resource positions corresponding to all receiving terminals.
- 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其中,所述发送终端内存储有反馈信息与各个传输块的反馈状态的对应关系,所述反馈信息包括:所述反馈信道映射的所述反馈资源位置以及所述反馈信道发送的所述反馈状态标识;The method according to claim 11, wherein the corresponding relationship between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block is stored in the sending terminal, and the feedback information includes: the location of the feedback resource mapped by the feedback channel and the The feedback status identifier sent by the feedback channel;所述确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传,包括:The determining whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block includes:根据所述对应关系中,与所述反馈状态标识以及所述反馈资源位置对应的反馈状态,确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传。According to the feedback status corresponding to the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location in the corresponding relationship, it is determined whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
- 根据权利要求11或13所述的方法,其中,所述反馈状态标识指示多个所述传输块中的部分传输块的反馈状态,或者,所述反馈状态标识与所述反馈资源位置共同指示多个所述传输块整体的反馈状态。The method according to claim 11 or 13, wherein the feedback status indicator indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status indicator and the feedback resource location together indicate multiple The overall feedback status of each of the transmission blocks.
- 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其中,所述对应关系包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the corresponding relationship comprises:在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为肯定确认ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the feedback of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location The state is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a no feedback state;在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if there are multiple There is an ACK state in the feedback state of the transport block, the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback resource The feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the position is the NACK state, and if a plurality of the transmission blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所 述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为ACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;When the second method in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transmission block groups, the transmission block group corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of is an ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a no feedback state;其中,在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,所述发送终端在独立的反馈信道分别获取各个接收终端反馈的所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the sending terminal separately obtains the feedback state identifiers fed back by each receiving terminal in an independent feedback channel.
- 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其中,所述对应关系包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the corresponding relationship comprises:在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为否定确认NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the feedback status of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is NACK State, if there is no NACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在NACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if the number of transmission blocks is 3 There is a NACK state in the feedback state, and the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is the no feedback state ;在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为NACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transport block groups, the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource location is NACK State, if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;其中,在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,所述发送终端在同一个反馈信道获取各个接收终端反馈的所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the sending terminal obtains the feedback state identifier fed back by each receiving terminal on the same feedback channel.
- 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其中,在所述多个时隙为2个,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息的情况下,所述对应关系包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein, in a case where the plurality of time slots are two and the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, the correspondence relationship includes:在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK或者NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK or NACK status. The feedback state of the block is DTX state, then the feedback information is no feedback state;其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的 方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈状态标识;Wherein, when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier;在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, if there is no feedback state of the multiple transport blocks NACK state, the feedback information is no feedback state;其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈所述反馈状态中存在NACK状态的反馈信息。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
- 根据权利要求11或13所述的方法,其中,在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二的情况下,确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传,包括:The method according to claim 11 or 13, wherein, in the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, it is determined whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block ,include:在至少一个接收终端发送的反馈状态标识指示需要对所述传输块进行数据重传时,检测是否向所述接收终端发送所述传输块;When the feedback status identifier sent by at least one receiving terminal indicates that the transmission block needs to be retransmitted, detecting whether to send the transmission block to the receiving terminal;在所述发送终端向所述接收终端发送所述传输块的情况下,对所述至少一个接收终端进行重传所述传输块数据;In the case that the sending terminal sends the transmission block to the receiving terminal, retransmit the transmission block data to the at least one receiving terminal;在所述反馈状态标识指示不需要对所述传输块进行数据重传,或者所述发送终端未向所述接收终端发送所述传输块的情况下,不对所述传输块进行数据重传。In the case where the feedback status identifier indicates that data retransmission of the transmission block is not required, or the sending terminal does not send the transmission block to the receiving terminal, data retransmission of the transmission block is not performed.
- 根据权利要求11或13所述的方法,其中,在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一的情况下,确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传,包括:The method according to claim 11 or 13, wherein, in the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, determining whether to perform data retransmission for each of the transmission blocks includes:在获取到反馈状态标识的所有反馈资源位置中,存在至少一个接收终端发送的反馈状态标识,指示需要进行重传所述传输块数据,且所述发送终端向接收终端发送所述传输块的情况下,对接收所述传输块的所有接收终端进行重传所述传输块数据。Among all the feedback resource locations where the feedback status identifier is obtained, there is at least one feedback status identifier sent by the receiving terminal, indicating that the transmission block data needs to be retransmitted, and the sending terminal sends the transmission block to the receiving terminal Next, retransmit the transport block data to all receiving terminals that receive the transport block.
- 根据权利要求11或13所述的方法,其中,所述确定是否对所述每一个所述传输块进行数据重传的步骤,包括以下其中一项:The method according to claim 11 or 13, wherein the step of determining whether to perform data retransmission for each of the transmission blocks includes one of the following:在未获取到所述反馈状态标识的情况下,所有传输块均不需要进行数据重传;In the case that the feedback status identifier is not obtained, all transmission blocks do not need to perform data retransmission;在获取到第一预设状态标识的情况下,对所有传输块进行数据重传。When the first preset state identifier is obtained, data retransmission is performed on all transmission blocks.
- 根据权利要求11所述的方法,还包括:The method according to claim 11, further comprising:所述多个时隙为4个的情况下,设置所述发送终端在每个周期内传递传输块的最大数量为3。In the case where the multiple time slots are 4, the maximum number of transmission blocks transmitted by the transmitting terminal in each cycle is set to 3.
- 一种终端,所述终端为接收终端,包括:收发机、存储器、处理器及存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序,其中,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:A terminal, the terminal is a receiving terminal, comprising: a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored in the memory and running on the processor, wherein the processor executes the following when the computer program is executed step:在多个时隙共用同一个反馈资源池的情况下,根据所述多个时隙上传输块的接收结果,确定多个所述传输块的反馈状态;In the case that multiple time slots share the same feedback resource pool, determine the feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks according to the reception results of the transmission blocks on the multiple time slots;从所述多个时隙上成功解码控制信息的传输块所对应的反馈资源位置中,选择反馈信道映射的反馈资源位置,通过所述反馈信道发送所述传输块的反馈状态标识;Selecting the feedback resource position mapped by the feedback channel from the feedback resource positions corresponding to the transmission blocks on which the control information is successfully decoded in the multiple time slots, and sending the feedback status identifier of the transmission block through the feedback channel;其中,所述反馈资源位置和所述反馈状态标识共同指示发送终端对每一个所述传输块是否需要进行数据重传。Wherein, the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
- 根据权利要求22所述的终端,其中,所述接收终端内存储有反馈信息与各个传输块的反馈状态的对应关系,所述反馈信息包括:所述反馈信道映射的所述反馈资源位置以及所述反馈信道发送的所述反馈状态标识。The terminal according to claim 22, wherein the corresponding relationship between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block is stored in the receiving terminal, and the feedback information includes: the location of the feedback resource mapped by the feedback channel and the The feedback status identifier sent by the feedback channel.
- 根据权利要求22或23所述的终端,其中,所述反馈状态标识指示多个所述传输块中的部分传输块的反馈状态,或者,所述反馈状态标识与所述反馈资源位置共同指示多个所述传输块整体的反馈状态。The terminal according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the feedback status indicator indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status indicator and the feedback resource location together indicate multiple The overall feedback status of each of the transmission blocks.
- 根据权利要求23所述的终端,其中,所述对应关系包括:The terminal according to claim 23, wherein the corresponding relationship comprises:在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为肯定确认ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述 传输块均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if There is an ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, and the feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state. If there is no ACK state in the feedback states of the plurality of transmission blocks, the The feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, and if a plurality of the transmission blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为ACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;When the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transmission block groups, the transmission corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of the block group is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is the no feedback state;其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier.
- 根据权利要求23所述的终端,其中,所述对应关系包括:The terminal according to claim 23, wherein the corresponding relationship comprises:在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为否定确认NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is negative Confirming the NACK status, and if there is no NACK status in the feedback status of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback status;在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在NACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if multiple transmissions There is a NACK state in the feedback state of the block, and the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is none Feedback status在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为NACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transport block groups, the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource position It is a NACK state, and if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈所述反馈状态中存在NACK状态的反馈信息。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
- 根据权利要求25或26所述的终端,其中,在所述多个时隙为2个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载1比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识;The terminal according to claim 25 or 26, wherein, in a case where there are two time slots in the plurality of time slots, the feedback channel carries 1 bit of information for indicating the feedback status identifier;在所述多个时隙为4个的情况下,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识。In a case where the multiple time slots are 4, the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, which is used to indicate the feedback status identifier.
- 根据权利要求23所述的终端,其中,在所述多个时隙为2个的情况 下,所述反馈信道承载2比特信息,用于表示所述反馈状态标识;The terminal according to claim 23, wherein, in the case where there are two time slots in the plurality of time slots, the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information used to indicate the feedback state identifier;在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二的情况下,所述对应关系包括:In the case that the unicast mode or the second method in the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the correspondence relationship includes:所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK或者NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;The feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK or NACK state, and if the feedback states of multiple transport blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈状态标识;Wherein, when the method 2 in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier;在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一的情况下,所述对应关系包括:所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the corresponding relationship includes: the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, if there are multiple If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the transport block, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈所述反馈状态中存在NACK状态的反馈信息。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
- 根据权利要求25或26所述的终端,其中,所述传输块组的反馈状态根据所述传输块组内包含的传输块的反馈状态确定;The terminal according to claim 25 or 26, wherein the feedback status of the transport block group is determined according to the feedback status of the transport blocks included in the transport block group;其中,在所述传输块组内的至少一个传输块需要发送终端进行数据重传的情况下,所述传输块组的反馈状态标识指示需要发送终端对所述传输块组进行数据重传。Wherein, in the case that at least one transmission block in the transmission block group requires the transmitting terminal to perform data retransmission, the feedback status identifier of the transmission block group indicates that the transmitting terminal needs to perform data retransmission on the transmission block group.
- 根据权利要求29所述的终端,其中,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:The terminal according to claim 29, wherein the processor implements the following steps when executing the computer program:通过所述反馈信道发送所述传输块组的反馈状态标识;Sending the feedback status identifier of the transport block group through the feedback channel;所述传输块组对应的反馈资源位置为所述传输块组内的任意一个传输块所对应的反馈资源位置。The feedback resource location corresponding to the transmission block group is the feedback resource location corresponding to any transmission block in the transmission block group.
- 根据权利要求25所述的终端,其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若3个所述传输块全部需要进行数据重传,所述反馈状态标识为第一预设状态标识;The terminal according to claim 25, wherein the second method in unicast mode or multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the plurality of time slots are 4, and the number of time slots in each cycle When the number of transmission blocks is 3, if all the 3 transmission blocks need to be retransmitted, the feedback state identifier is the first preset state identifier;若3个所述传输块均未成功解码控制信息,不发送所述传输块的反馈状态标识。If none of the three transmission blocks successfully decode the control information, the feedback status identifier of the transmission block is not sent.
- 一种终端,所述终端为发送终端,包括:收发机、存储器、处理器及存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序,其中,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:A terminal, the terminal is a sending terminal, comprising: a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored in the memory and running on the processor, wherein the processor executes the following when the computer program is executed step:获取反馈状态标识;Obtain the feedback status identifier;根据所述反馈状态标识,以及获取到所述反馈状态标识的反馈资源位置,确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传;Determine whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block according to the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location where the feedback status identifier is acquired;其中,所述反馈资源位置和所述反馈状态标识共同指示发送终端对每一个所述传输块是否需要进行数据重传。Wherein, the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
- 根据权利要求32所述的终端,其中,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:The terminal according to claim 32, wherein the processor implements the following steps when executing the computer program:在接收终端为多个时,在所有接收终端对应的反馈资源位置检测所述反馈状态标识。When there are multiple receiving terminals, the feedback state identifier is detected at the feedback resource positions corresponding to all receiving terminals.
- 根据权利要求32所述的终端,其中,所述发送终端内存储有反馈信息与各个传输块的反馈状态的对应关系,所述反馈信息包括:所述反馈信道映射的所述反馈资源位置以及所述反馈信道发送的所述反馈状态标识;The terminal according to claim 32, wherein the corresponding relationship between feedback information and the feedback status of each transport block is stored in the sending terminal, and the feedback information includes: the feedback resource location mapped by the feedback channel and the The feedback status identifier sent by the feedback channel;所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:When the processor executes the computer program, the following steps are implemented:根据所述对应关系中,与所述反馈状态标识以及所述反馈资源位置对应的反馈状态,确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传。According to the feedback status corresponding to the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location in the corresponding relationship, it is determined whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
- 根据权利要求32或34所述的终端,其中,所述反馈状态标识指示多个所述传输块中的部分传输块的反馈状态,或者,所述反馈状态标识与所述反馈资源位置共同指示多个所述传输块整体的反馈状态。The terminal according to claim 32 or 34, wherein the feedback status indicator indicates the feedback status of some of the multiple transmission blocks, or the feedback status indicator and the feedback resource location together indicate multiple The overall feedback status of each of the transmission blocks.
- 根据权利要求34所述的终端,其中,所述对应关系包括:The terminal according to claim 34, wherein the corresponding relationship comprises:在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为肯定确认ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the feedback of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location The state is a positive acknowledgement ACK state, and if there is no ACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a no feedback state;在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所 述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if there are multiple There is an ACK state in the feedback state of the transport block, the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource position is the ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback resource The feedback state of the transmission block corresponding to the position is the NACK state, and if a plurality of the transmission blocks are all in the DTX state, the feedback information is the no feedback state;在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为ACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在ACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transmission block groups, the transmission block group corresponding to the feedback resource position The feedback state of is an ACK state, and if there is no ACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;其中,在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,所述发送终端在独立的反馈信道分别获取各个接收终端反馈的所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the second method in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the sending terminal separately obtains the feedback state identifiers fed back by each receiving terminal in an independent feedback channel.
- 根据权利要求34所述的终端,其中,所述对应关系包括:The terminal according to claim 34, wherein the corresponding relationship comprises:在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为2个或4个的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为否定确认NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the number of the multiple time slots is 2 or 4, the feedback status of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is NACK State, if there is no NACK state among the feedback states of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述多个时隙为4个,且每个周期内的传输块个数为3的情况下,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中存在NACK状态,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the number of the multiple time slots is 4, and the number of transmission blocks in each cycle is 3, if the number of transmission blocks is 3 There is a NACK state in the feedback state, and the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state. If there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the multiple transport blocks, the feedback information is the no feedback state ;在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一,所述反馈状态为两个传输块组的反馈状态的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块组的反馈状态为NACK状态,若两个所述传输块组的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, and the feedback state is the feedback state of two transport block groups, the feedback state of the transport block group corresponding to the feedback resource location is NACK State, if there is no NACK state in the feedback state of the two transport block groups, the feedback information is a non-feedback state;其中,在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,所述发送终端在同一个反馈信道获取各个接收终端反馈的所述反馈状态标识。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the sending terminal obtains the feedback state identifier fed back by each receiving terminal on the same feedback channel.
- 根据权利要求34所述的终端,其中,在所述多个时隙为2个,所述 反馈信道承载2比特信息的情况下,所述对应关系包括:The terminal according to claim 34, wherein, in the case where the plurality of time slots are two and the feedback channel carries 2 bits of information, the correspondence relationship includes:在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为ACK或者NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态均为DTX状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the feedback status of the transmission block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the ACK or NACK status. The feedback state of the block is DTX state, then the feedback information is no feedback state;其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二时,各个接收终端均采用独立的反馈信道反馈所述反馈状态标识;Wherein, when the method 2 in the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal uses an independent feedback channel to feed back the feedback status identifier;在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一的情况下,所述反馈资源位置对应的所述传输块的反馈状态为NACK状态,若多个所述传输块的反馈状态中不存在NACK状态,则所述反馈信息为无反馈状态;In the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the feedback state of the transport block corresponding to the feedback resource location is the NACK state, if there is no feedback state of the multiple transport blocks NACK state, the feedback information is no feedback state;其中,在所述接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一时,各个接收终端共享同一个反馈信道反馈所述反馈信息,且只反馈所述反馈状态中存在NACK状态的反馈信息。Wherein, when the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, each receiving terminal shares the same feedback channel to feed back the feedback information, and only feeds back the feedback information that has the NACK state in the feedback state.
- 根据权利要求32或34所述的终端,其中,在接收终端与发送终端之间采用单播模式或者组播模式中的方式二的情况下,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:The terminal according to claim 32 or 34, wherein, in the case that the unicast mode or the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the following steps are implemented when the processor executes the computer program :在至少一个接收终端发送的反馈状态标识指示需要对所述传输块进行数据重传时,检测是否向所述接收终端发送所述传输块;When the feedback status identifier sent by at least one receiving terminal indicates that the transmission block needs to be retransmitted, detecting whether to send the transmission block to the receiving terminal;在所述发送终端向所述接收终端发送所述传输块的情况下,对所述至少一个接收终端进行重传所述传输块数据;In the case that the sending terminal sends the transmission block to the receiving terminal, retransmit the transmission block data to the at least one receiving terminal;在所述反馈状态标识指示不需要对所述传输块进行数据重传,或者所述发送终端未向所述接收终端发送所述传输块的情况下,不对所述传输块进行数据重传。In the case where the feedback status identifier indicates that data retransmission of the transmission block is not required, or the sending terminal does not send the transmission block to the receiving terminal, data retransmission of the transmission block is not performed.
- 根据权利要求32或34所述的终端,其中,在接收终端与发送终端之间采用组播模式的方式一的情况下,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:The terminal according to claim 32 or 34, wherein, in the case where the multicast mode is adopted between the receiving terminal and the sending terminal, the following steps are implemented when the processor executes the computer program:在获取到反馈状态标识的所有反馈资源位置中,存在至少一个接收终端发送的反馈状态标识,指示需要进行重传所述传输块数据,且所述发送终端向接收终端发送所述传输块的情况下,对接收所述传输块的所有接收终端进 行重传所述传输块数据。In all the feedback resource locations where the feedback status identifier is obtained, there is at least one feedback status identifier sent by the receiving terminal, indicating that the transmission block data needs to be retransmitted, and the sending terminal sends the transmission block to the receiving terminal Next, retransmit the transport block data to all receiving terminals that receive the transport block.
- 根据权利要求32或34所述的终端,其中,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤中的一项:The terminal according to claim 32 or 34, wherein the processor implements one of the following steps when executing the computer program:在未获取到所述反馈状态标识的情况下,所有传输块均不需要进行数据重传;In the case that the feedback status identifier is not obtained, all transmission blocks do not need to perform data retransmission;在获取到第一预设状态标识的情况下,对所有传输块进行数据重传。When the first preset state identifier is obtained, data retransmission is performed on all transmission blocks.
- 根据权利要求32所述的终端,其中,所述处理器执行所述计算机程序时实现以下步骤:The terminal according to claim 32, wherein the processor implements the following steps when executing the computer program:所述多个时隙为4个的情况下,设置所述发送终端在每个周期内传递传输块的最大数量为3。In the case where the multiple time slots are 4, the maximum number of transmission blocks transmitted by the transmitting terminal in each cycle is set to 3.
- 一种终端,所述终端为接收终端,包括:A terminal, which is a receiving terminal, includes:第一确定模块,用于在多个时隙共用同一个反馈资源池的情况下,根据所述多个时隙上传输块的接收结果,确定多个所述传输块的反馈状态;The first determining module is configured to determine the feedback status of the multiple transmission blocks according to the reception results of the transmission blocks on the multiple time slots when multiple time slots share the same feedback resource pool;第一发送模块,用于从所述多个时隙上成功解码控制信息的传输块所对应的反馈资源位置中,选择反馈信道映射的反馈资源位置,通过所述反馈信道发送所述传输块的反馈状态标识;The first sending module is configured to select the feedback resource position mapped by the feedback channel from the feedback resource positions corresponding to the transmission blocks for which control information is successfully decoded in the multiple time slots, and send the information of the transmission block through the feedback channel. Feedback status identification;其中,所述反馈资源位置和所述反馈状态标识共同指示发送终端对每一个所述传输块是否需要进行数据重传。Wherein, the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
- 一种终端,所述终端为发送终端,包括:A terminal, which is a sending terminal, and includes:第一获取模块,用于获取反馈状态标识;The first obtaining module is used to obtain the feedback status identifier;第二确定模块,用于根据所述反馈状态标识,以及获取到所述反馈状态标识的反馈资源位置,确定是否对每一个所述传输块进行数据重传;The second determining module is configured to determine whether to perform data retransmission for each transmission block according to the feedback status identifier and the feedback resource location where the feedback status identifier is acquired;其中,所述反馈资源位置和所述反馈状态标识共同指示发送终端对每一个所述传输块是否需要进行数据重传。Wherein, the feedback resource location and the feedback state identifier together indicate whether the sending terminal needs to perform data retransmission for each transmission block.
- 一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,其中,该计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至10中任一项所述信息反馈方法的步骤,或者实现权利要求11至21中任一项所述的信息重传方法的步骤。A computer-readable storage medium having a computer program stored thereon, wherein the computer program, when executed by a processor, implements the steps of the information feedback method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, or implements claims 11 to Steps of the information retransmission method described in any one of 21.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN201911089902.6 | 2019-11-08 | ||
CN201911089902.6A CN112787783B (en) | 2019-11-08 | 2019-11-08 | Information feedback and retransmission method and terminal |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2021088781A1 true WO2021088781A1 (en) | 2021-05-14 |
Family
ID=75748521
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2020/126065 WO2021088781A1 (en) | 2019-11-08 | 2020-11-03 | Information feedback method, retransmission method and terminal |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN112787783B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2021088781A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2023236126A1 (en) * | 2022-06-09 | 2023-12-14 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Methods and apparatus for selective retransmission |
Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN109792326A (en) * | 2018-12-29 | 2019-05-21 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Data transmission method, device, equipment and the system of direct-connected communication |
WO2019197025A1 (en) * | 2018-04-11 | 2019-10-17 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Technique for sidelink feedback transmissions |
Family Cites Families (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN105634755B (en) * | 2014-11-07 | 2019-03-05 | 普天信息技术有限公司 | A kind of directintermination running time-frequency resource application method and device |
CN106301725B (en) * | 2015-06-03 | 2019-07-23 | 普天信息技术有限公司 | Resource allocation methods and device |
US11251893B2 (en) * | 2016-03-21 | 2022-02-15 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Supporting high speeds in vehicle-to-vehicle communication |
CN112600650A (en) * | 2017-06-01 | 2021-04-02 | 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 | Method and device used in user equipment and base station for wireless communication |
CN108845885B (en) * | 2018-07-04 | 2021-05-18 | 浪潮集团有限公司 | Automatic driving-oriented edge computing resource management method |
-
2019
- 2019-11-08 CN CN201911089902.6A patent/CN112787783B/en active Active
-
2020
- 2020-11-03 WO PCT/CN2020/126065 patent/WO2021088781A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2019197025A1 (en) * | 2018-04-11 | 2019-10-17 | Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) | Technique for sidelink feedback transmissions |
CN109792326A (en) * | 2018-12-29 | 2019-05-21 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Data transmission method, device, equipment and the system of direct-connected communication |
Non-Patent Citations (3)
Title |
---|
ITL: "Physical layer structure for NR V2X", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1907396_V2X_PHY STRUCTURE, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Reno, USA; 20190513 - 20190517, 13 May 2019 (2019-05-13), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051728834 * |
LG ELECTRONICS: "Discussion on physical layer procedures for NR sidelink", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1910783 DISCUSSION ON PHYSICAL LAYER PROCEDURE FOR NR SIDELINK, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Chongqing, China; 20191014 - 20191020, 8 October 2019 (2019-10-08), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, pages 1 - 23, XP051789571 * |
SAMSUNG: "On Sidelink Feedback Channel Format", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1906947 ON PSFCH FORMAT-SAMSUNG, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. Reno, USA; 20190513 - 20190517, 13 May 2019 (2019-05-13), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP051728397 * |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2023236126A1 (en) * | 2022-06-09 | 2023-12-14 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Methods and apparatus for selective retransmission |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN112787783B (en) | 2022-04-01 |
CN112787783A (en) | 2021-05-11 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11128416B2 (en) | Feedback information transmission method and apparatus | |
US11533150B2 (en) | Feedback information transmission method and communication device | |
TWI725160B (en) | Method and apparatus for inter-device communication | |
JP2022530820A (en) | Methods and devices for transmitting and receiving sidelink data | |
WO2020114129A1 (en) | Method and device for determining transmission resource | |
WO2020098685A1 (en) | Method for receiving data and communications apparatus | |
EP2795977A1 (en) | Multicast service using unicast subframe | |
CN107196689B (en) | Uplink MU-MIMO method and system | |
WO2011150783A1 (en) | Data transmission method and apparatus in wireless network | |
WO2017049611A1 (en) | Feedback information transmission method and base station, and user equipment | |
WO2020224432A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
WO2021081948A1 (en) | Hybrid automatic repeat request feedback method and apparatus | |
WO2021003620A1 (en) | Downlink signal transmission method and device | |
US20190312684A1 (en) | Methods and apparatuses for group transmissions | |
US20220393837A1 (en) | Method for determining channel reception occasion and communication apparatus | |
WO2022083625A1 (en) | Information transmission processing method and apparatus, and terminal | |
CN112788562B (en) | Information feedback and retransmission method and terminal | |
US12088419B2 (en) | Feedback method and apparatus | |
WO2021088781A1 (en) | Information feedback method, retransmission method and terminal | |
WO2021023186A1 (en) | Information transmission method, terminal, and base station | |
US20230171035A1 (en) | Data transmission method and apparatus | |
WO2020063533A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for optimized harq operation | |
WO2022021811A1 (en) | Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device | |
WO2021056585A1 (en) | Hybrid automatic repeat request feedback method and apparatus | |
WO2020185131A1 (en) | Detection of a skipped uplink transmission |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 20885629 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 20885629 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |